1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
545 \begin_layout Itemize
551 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
627 \begin_layout Itemize
633 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Standard
646 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
647 a few minor differences.
650 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
665 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
666 you for a template to use.
667 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
668 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
669 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
677 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
684 \begin_layout Standard
686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
709 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
710 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
713 \begin_layout Standard
734 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
739 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
764 will reload the document from disk.
765 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
766 and want to restore it to the last save.
775 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
776 can identify this as your changes.
779 \begin_layout Section
780 Basic Editing Features
784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
793 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
800 \begin_layout Standard
801 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
802 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
803 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
804 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
806 We'll start with cut and paste.
809 \begin_layout Standard
810 As you might expect, the
814 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
815 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
819 \begin_layout Itemize
825 \begin_layout Itemize
831 \begin_layout Itemize
837 \begin_layout Itemize
847 \begin_layout Itemize
857 \begin_layout Itemize
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 The first three are self-explanatory.
873 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
874 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
883 keys also functions as the
888 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
889 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
894 to get back the lost text.
897 \begin_layout Standard
901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
907 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
916 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
919 \begin_layout Standard
922 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
927 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
938 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
944 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
953 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
954 will start a new paragraph.
957 \begin_layout Standard
961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1003 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1008 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 button to skip the current word.
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1038 \begin_inset space ~
1043 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1045 If the toggle is set, searching for
1046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1057 will not match the word
1058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1072 Match whole words only
1074 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1103 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1104 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1106 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1111 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1118 \begin_layout Section
1123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1142 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1149 \begin_layout Standard
1150 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1151 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1154 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1157 to undo some mistake.
1158 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1160 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1171 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1178 it was last saved, the
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1186 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1187 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1190 \begin_layout Standard
1199 work on almost everything in LyX.
1200 They have some quirks, too.
1209 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1210 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1218 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1219 surely appreciate how it works.
1222 \begin_layout Section
1227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1236 \begin_layout Standard
1237 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1240 \begin_layout Enumerate
1245 \begin_layout Itemize
1250 once anywhere in the edit window.
1251 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1255 \begin_layout Enumerate
1260 \begin_layout Itemize
1266 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1269 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1272 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1275 \begin_layout Itemize
1276 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1278 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1285 \begin_layout Enumerate
1286 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1295 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1296 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1297 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1301 \begin_layout Enumerate
1306 \begin_layout Standard
1311 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1316 \begin_layout Section
1318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1320 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1338 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1339 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1341 LyX's default is CUA.
1344 \begin_layout Standard
1348 \begin_inset space ~
1356 \begin_inset space ~
1377 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1381 \begin_layout Labeling
1382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1386 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1387 LatexCommand nomenclature
1389 description "Tabulator key"
1395 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1396 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1397 \begin_inset space ~
1401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1403 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1410 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1414 , especially section
1415 \begin_inset space ~
1419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1421 reference "sub:Lists"
1427 If you're still confused, look in the
1434 \begin_layout Labeling
1435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1439 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1440 LatexCommand nomenclature
1442 description "Escape key"
1449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1456 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1457 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1460 \begin_layout Labeling
1461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1467 \begin_inset space ~
1471 \begin_inset space ~
1478 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1479 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1483 \begin_layout Standard
1484 There are three modifier keys:
1487 \begin_layout Labeling
1488 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1506 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1507 LatexCommand nomenclature
1509 description "Control key"
1513 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1514 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1518 \begin_layout Itemize
1527 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1530 \begin_layout Itemize
1539 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1542 \begin_layout Itemize
1551 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1555 \begin_layout Labeling
1556 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1574 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1575 LatexCommand nomenclature
1577 description "Shift key"
1581 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1582 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1585 \begin_layout Labeling
1586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1604 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1605 LatexCommand nomenclature
1607 description "Meta or Alt key"
1611 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1612 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1613 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1619 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1621 menu accelerator keys
1624 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1625 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1630 For example, the sequence
1631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1637 \begin_inset space ~
1641 \begin_inset space ~
1647 \begin_inset space ~
1655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset space ~
1684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1695 There are also other things bound to the
1699 key, but you'll have to check in the
1711 \begin_layout Standard
1712 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1713 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1714 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1715 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1716 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1717 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1718 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1734 followed by a capital
1740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1758 \begin_layout Chapter
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1772 \begin_layout Section
1777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1786 \begin_layout Subsection
1790 \begin_layout Standard
1791 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1792 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1793 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1794 numbering schemes, and so on.
1795 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1796 and format the title of your document differently.
1799 \begin_layout Standard
1804 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1805 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1806 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1807 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1808 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1811 \begin_layout Standard
1812 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1813 how to adjust their properties.
1816 \begin_layout Subsection
1821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1830 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1841 \begin_layout Standard
1842 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1846 \begin_layout Description
1847 Article for basic articles
1850 \begin_layout Description
1851 Report for basic reports
1854 \begin_layout Description
1855 Book for writing a book
1858 \begin_layout Description
1859 Letter for US-style letters
1862 \begin_layout Standard
1863 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1865 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1866 can be found in chapter
1868 Special Document Classes
1877 \begin_layout Description
1878 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1881 \begin_layout Description
1888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1897 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1901 \begin_layout Description
1902 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1903 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1904 There are three article layouts available.
1905 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1906 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1907 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1908 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1913 sequential numbering
1914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1917 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1918 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1919 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1920 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1923 \begin_layout Description
1924 Beamer Layout for presentations
1927 \begin_layout Description
1928 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1929 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1933 \begin_layout Description
1935 \begin_inset space ~
1938 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1941 \begin_layout Description
1942 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1945 \begin_layout Description
1948 Die TeXnische Komödie
1950 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1953 \begin_layout Description
1954 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1957 \begin_layout Description
1958 Foils Used to make transparencies
1961 \begin_layout Description
1962 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1965 \begin_layout Description
1966 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1967 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1971 \begin_layout Description
1972 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1973 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1976 \begin_layout Description
1977 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1980 \begin_layout Description
1981 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1984 \begin_layout Description
1985 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1986 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1989 \begin_layout Description
1990 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1993 \begin_layout Description
1998 LaTeX document class
2001 \begin_layout Description
2002 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2005 \begin_layout Description
2010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2017 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2018 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2020 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2023 \begin_layout Description
2024 Slides Used to make transparencies
2027 \begin_layout Description
2029 \begin_inset space ~
2032 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2033 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2036 \begin_layout Description
2037 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2040 \begin_layout Description
2045 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2048 \begin_layout Standard
2049 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2051 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2056 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2057 of the document classes.
2060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2064 \begin_layout Standard
2065 You can select a class using the
2067 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2081 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2107 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2109 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2125 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2126 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2127 installed by default.
2128 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2129 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2138 Each class has a default set of options.
2139 Here's a quick table describing them:
2142 \begin_layout Standard
2143 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2149 \begin_layout Standard
2151 \begin_inset Tabular
2152 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2158 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2612 \begin_layout Standard
2613 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2619 \begin_layout Standard
2620 You're probably also wondering what
2621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2625 \begin_inset space ~
2629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2633 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2634 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2639 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2644 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2654 headings, there are also
2662 headings, and so on.
2663 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2664 \begin_inset space ~
2668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2670 reference "sub:Headings"
2677 \begin_layout Subsection
2682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2691 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2710 \begin_layout Standard
2711 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2724 \begin_inset space ~
2729 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2731 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2732 to use for your document.
2733 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2737 \begin_layout Standard
2741 \begin_inset space ~
2750 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2751 You can choose between the following five options:
2754 \begin_layout Labeling
2755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2760 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2763 \begin_layout Labeling
2764 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2769 No page numbers or headings.
2772 \begin_layout Labeling
2773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2781 \begin_layout Labeling
2782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2787 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2788 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2789 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2792 \begin_layout Labeling
2793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2798 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2808 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2814 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2815 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2817 Check the documentation for the
2821 package for more details,
2822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2831 \begin_layout Standard
2836 of paragraphs is described in section
2837 \begin_inset space ~
2841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2843 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2850 \begin_layout Subsection
2851 Paper Size and Orientation
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 Document ! Paper size
2862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2864 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2871 \begin_layout Standard
2872 You'll find the following options in the menu
2875 \begin_inset space ~
2880 of the dialog of the
2882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2900 \begin_layout Labeling
2901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2906 What size paper to print on.
2910 \begin_layout Itemize
2916 \begin_layout Itemize
2926 \begin_layout Itemize
2932 \begin_layout Itemize
2938 \begin_layout Itemize
2944 \begin_layout Itemize
2950 \begin_layout Itemize
2956 \begin_layout Labeling
2957 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2962 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2973 \begin_layout Labeling
2974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2978 \begin_inset space ~
2983 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2984 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2987 \begin_layout Subsection
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 \begin_layout Standard
3019 Paper margins are set in the menu
3021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3039 \begin_layout Standard
3040 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3041 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3042 the paper format and the font size into account.
3045 \begin_layout Subsection
3049 \begin_layout Standard
3050 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3055 That includes the paragraph environments.
3056 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3057 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3058 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3059 paragraph environments to
3063 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3064 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3065 the conversion and why it failed.
3068 \begin_layout Section
3069 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 Paragraph ! Indentation
3082 \begin_layout Subsection
3084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3086 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3093 \begin_layout Standard
3094 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3095 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3098 \begin_layout Standard
3099 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3100 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3101 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3102 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3106 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3112 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3113 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3114 language than English.
3115 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3118 \begin_layout Standard
3119 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3120 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3122 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3123 LyX takes care of that.
3124 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3126 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3127 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3128 of a page, and so on.
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3133 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3138 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3139 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3143 of these pre-coded spacings.
3144 We'll explain more later.
3147 \begin_layout Subsection
3148 Paragraph Separation
3152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 Paragraph ! Separation
3161 \begin_layout Standard
3162 To separate paragraphs, select
3173 \begin_inset space ~
3180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3194 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3195 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3198 \begin_layout Standard
3208 \begin_layout Standard
3209 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3210 \begin_inset space ~
3214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3216 reference "cap:Units"
3221 The default length is 30
3222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3232 \begin_layout Standard
3233 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3236 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3238 \begin_inset space ~
3243 dialog and toggle the
3246 \begin_inset space ~
3251 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3252 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3253 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3257 \begin_layout Standard
3258 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3259 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3262 \begin_layout Subsection
3267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3268 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3276 \begin_layout Standard
3279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3295 \begin_inset space ~
3304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3305 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3314 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3319 installed to use this feature.
3327 \begin_layout Section
3328 Paragraph Environments
3332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3333 Paragraph ! Environments
3339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3341 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3350 Paragraph environments|(
3358 \begin_layout Subsection
3362 \begin_layout Standard
3363 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3366 \begin_layout Standard
3385 \begin_inset Newline newline
3388 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3389 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3390 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3399 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 A paragraph environment is simply a
3404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3411 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3412 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3413 scheme, labels, and so on.
3414 Additionally, you can
3415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3422 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3423 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3424 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3425 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3426 days of typewriters.
3427 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3429 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3432 \begin_layout Standard
3433 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3435 LyX will change the environment of the
3439 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3440 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3441 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3445 \begin_layout Standard
3454 create a new paragraph using the
3458 paragraph environment.
3460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3467 because if you are in one of these environments:
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Itemize
3494 \begin_layout Itemize
3500 \begin_layout Itemize
3506 \begin_layout Itemize
3512 \begin_layout Standard
3513 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3517 , rather than resetting it to
3522 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3523 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3524 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3525 \begin_inset space ~
3529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3531 reference "sec:Nesting"
3536 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3541 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3542 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3550 \begin_layout Subsection
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 The default paragraph environment is
3560 It creates a plain paragraph.
3561 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3562 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3563 this manual) are in the
3570 \begin_layout Standard
3571 You can nest a paragraph using the
3575 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3583 \begin_layout Subsection
3588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3597 \begin_layout Standard
3598 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3607 for thanks or contact information.
3608 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3609 page along with today's date.
3610 For other types of documents, the title
3611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3618 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3622 \begin_layout Standard
3623 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3637 Here's how you use them:
3640 \begin_layout Itemize
3641 Put the title of your document in the
3648 \begin_layout Itemize
3649 Put the author name in the
3656 \begin_layout Itemize
3657 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3658 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3664 Note that using this environment is optional.
3665 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3666 If you don't want any date, add the line
3667 \begin_inset Newline newline
3677 \begin_inset Newline newline
3680 to the preamble of your document (menu
3682 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 You can use footnotes to insert
3690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3697 or contact informations.
3700 \begin_layout Subsection
3705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3721 \begin_layout Standard
3722 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3723 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3732 Section headings ! Numbered
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3745 \begin_layout Enumerate
3751 \begin_layout Enumerate
3757 \begin_layout Enumerate
3763 \begin_layout Enumerate
3769 \begin_layout Enumerate
3775 \begin_layout Enumerate
3781 \begin_layout Enumerate
3787 \begin_layout Standard
3788 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3789 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3790 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3795 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3796 You group the book into chapters.
3797 LyX does similar grouping:
3800 \begin_layout Itemize
3805 is divided in either
3814 \begin_layout Itemize
3826 \begin_layout Itemize
3838 \begin_layout Itemize
3850 \begin_layout Itemize
3862 \begin_layout Itemize
3874 \begin_layout Standard
3875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3883 Not all document types use the
3887 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3892 is the top-level heading.
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3905 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3906 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3908 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3939 \begin_layout Enumerate
3945 \begin_layout Enumerate
3951 \begin_layout Enumerate
3957 \begin_layout Enumerate
3963 \begin_layout Enumerate
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3978 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3979 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3980 table of contents, see section
3981 \begin_inset space ~
3985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3995 Changing the Numbering
3996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3998 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4005 \begin_layout Standard
4006 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4007 in the Table of Contents.
4008 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4010 Certain classes start with
4024 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4034 This is something you can change.
4037 \begin_layout Standard
4040 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4060 \begin_inset space ~
4064 \begin_inset space ~
4069 you'll see two counters.
4074 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4076 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4081 Short Titles of Headings
4085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4086 Section headings ! Short titles
4095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4104 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4111 \begin_layout Standard
4112 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4113 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4114 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4115 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4118 \begin_layout Standard
4119 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4120 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4121 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4122 To specify a short title, use the menu
4124 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4126 \begin_inset space ~
4132 This will insert a box labeled
4133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4148 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4149 This also works for captions inside floats.
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4153 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4156 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4160 \begin_layout Standard
4161 The following information applies to all section headings:
4164 \begin_layout Itemize
4165 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4168 \begin_layout Itemize
4169 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4172 \begin_layout Itemize
4173 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4176 \begin_layout Itemize
4177 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4180 \begin_layout Subsection
4181 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4184 \begin_layout Standard
4185 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4199 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4200 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4201 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4202 the text they contain.
4203 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4211 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4224 when you start a new paragraph.
4225 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4229 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4230 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4231 to change back to the
4235 environment yourself.
4238 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4267 \begin_layout Standard
4268 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4269 time for the differences.
4278 are identical except for one difference:
4282 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4291 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4294 \begin_layout Standard
4295 Here's an example of the
4308 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4310 See -- no indentation!
4314 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4315 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4316 the other paragraph.
4319 \begin_layout Standard
4320 Here's another example, this time in the
4327 \begin_layout Quotation
4333 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4334 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4335 the first line, then
4339 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4343 you were quoting other text.
4346 \begin_layout Quotation
4347 Here's a new paragraph.
4348 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4349 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4352 \begin_layout Standard
4353 As the examples show,
4357 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4358 They should put quotes in the
4363 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4367 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4370 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4407 \begin_layout Standard
4412 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4418 \begin_inset Newline newline
4421 Which I did not rehearse!
4425 It could be much worse.
4426 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4428 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4429 indented a bit more than the first.
4430 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4436 \begin_inset Newline newline
4439 And make things look fine
4440 \begin_inset Newline newline
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4455 does not indent both margins.
4456 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4457 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4468 \begin_layout Subsection
4473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4489 \begin_layout Standard
4490 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4500 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4509 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4510 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4511 some general features of all four of them.
4514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4521 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4530 reset the environment to
4534 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4535 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4536 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4541 to break paragraphs.
4544 \begin_layout Standard
4545 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4546 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4548 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4549 you read all of section
4550 \begin_inset space ~
4554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4556 reference "sec:Nesting"
4564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4590 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4594 paragraph environment.
4595 It has the following properties:
4598 \begin_layout Itemize
4599 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4603 \begin_layout Itemize
4604 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4607 \begin_layout Itemize
4608 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4612 \begin_layout Itemize
4613 The items can have any length.
4614 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4615 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4622 \begin_layout Itemize
4627 environment inside another
4631 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4636 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4639 \begin_layout Itemize
4640 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4643 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 \begin_inset space ~
4649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4651 reference "sec:Nesting"
4655 for a full explanation of nesting.
4659 \begin_layout Standard
4660 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4669 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4672 \begin_layout Standard
4673 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4674 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4675 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4678 \begin_layout Itemize
4679 The label for the first level
4683 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4687 \begin_layout Itemize
4688 The label for the second level is a dash.
4692 \begin_layout Itemize
4693 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4697 \begin_layout Itemize
4698 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4702 \begin_layout Itemize
4703 Back out to the third level.
4707 \begin_layout Itemize
4708 Back to the second level.
4712 \begin_layout Itemize
4713 Back to the outermost level.
4716 \begin_layout Standard
4717 These are the default labels for an
4722 You can customize these labels in the
4724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4727 dialog in the submenu
4737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4746 \begin_layout Standard
4747 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4748 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4750 \begin_inset space ~
4754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4756 reference "sec:Nesting"
4763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4781 name "sec:Enumerate"
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4793 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4794 It has these properties:
4797 \begin_layout Enumerate
4798 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4802 \begin_layout Enumerate
4803 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4807 \begin_layout Enumerate
4808 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4811 \begin_layout Enumerate
4816 environment resets the counter to one.
4819 \begin_layout Enumerate
4832 \begin_layout Enumerate
4833 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4834 Items can have any length.
4837 \begin_layout Enumerate
4838 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4841 \begin_layout Enumerate
4842 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4845 \begin_layout Enumerate
4846 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4859 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4860 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4867 \begin_layout Enumerate
4868 The first level of an
4872 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4876 \begin_layout Enumerate
4877 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4881 \begin_layout Enumerate
4882 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4886 \begin_layout Enumerate
4887 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4890 \begin_layout Enumerate
4891 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4896 \begin_layout Enumerate
4897 Back to the third level
4901 \begin_layout Enumerate
4902 Back to the second level.
4906 \begin_layout Enumerate
4907 Back to the outermost level.
4910 \begin_layout Standard
4911 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4916 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4921 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4925 \begin_layout Standard
4926 There is more to nesting
4930 environments than we've stated here.
4931 You should read section
4932 \begin_inset space ~
4936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4938 reference "sec:Nesting"
4942 to learn more about nesting.
4945 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4963 name "sec:Description-List"
4970 \begin_layout Standard
4971 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4975 list has no fixed label.
4976 Instead, LyX uses the first
4977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4984 of the first line as the label.
4988 \begin_layout Description
4989 Example: This is an example of the
4996 \begin_layout Standard
4997 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5010 it is meant that the first hit of the
5014 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5016 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5028 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5030 \begin_inset space ~
5036 \begin_inset space ~
5040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5042 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5046 for more info.) Here is an example:
5049 \begin_layout Description
5051 \begin_inset space ~
5054 Example: This one shows how to use a
5057 \begin_inset space ~
5069 \begin_layout Description
5070 Usage: You should use the
5074 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5075 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5077 It's not a good idea to use a
5081 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5082 You're better off using
5094 paragraphs into them.
5097 \begin_layout Description
5098 Nesting: You can nest
5102 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5106 \begin_layout Standard
5107 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5108 them from the first line.
5111 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5121 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5136 \begin_layout Standard
5141 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5154 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5155 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5158 \begin_layout Labeling
5159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5161 \begin_inset space ~
5164 labels LyX uses the first
5165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5172 of each line as the item label.
5177 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5178 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5179 blank as described above.
5182 \begin_layout Labeling
5183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5184 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5185 the body of the item text.
5186 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5187 label width plus a little extra space.
5191 \begin_layout Labeling
5192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5194 \begin_inset space ~
5197 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5199 If the label width is larger, the label
5200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5207 into the first line.
5208 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5209 margin of the rest of the item text.
5212 \begin_layout Labeling
5213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5215 \begin_inset space ~
5218 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5223 environment have the same left margin.
5224 \begin_inset Newline newline
5227 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5230 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5232 \begin_inset space ~
5241 \begin_inset space ~
5246 determines the default label width.
5247 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 multiple times instead.
5257 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5266 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5269 \begin_inset space ~
5274 every time you alter a label in a
5279 \begin_inset Newline newline
5282 The predefined default width is the length of
5283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5292 \begin_inset Newline newline
5296 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5304 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5305 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5313 \begin_layout Standard
5318 environment the same way like the
5322 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5328 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5332 \begin_layout Standard
5337 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5339 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5341 \begin_inset space ~
5345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5347 reference "sec:Nesting"
5351 to learn about nesting.
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 There is yet another feature of the
5359 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5361 You can use additional
5365 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5370 are documented in section
5371 \begin_inset space ~
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5377 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5382 Here are some examples:
5385 \begin_layout Labeling
5386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5387 Left The default for
5394 \begin_layout Labeling
5395 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5396 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5403 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5408 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5412 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5419 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5422 \begin_layout Subsection
5427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5444 \begin_inset space ~
5452 \begin_layout Standard
5453 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5461 \begin_inset space ~
5467 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5468 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5469 In contrast, you can use the
5476 \begin_inset space ~
5481 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5482 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5486 \begin_layout Standard
5487 Of course, you're not limited to using
5494 \begin_inset space ~
5503 \begin_inset space ~
5508 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5509 some European academic papers.
5512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5516 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5523 \begin_layout Standard
5528 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5529 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5533 \begin_inset space ~
5538 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5539 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5540 Here's an example of each:
5543 \begin_layout Right Address
5545 \begin_inset Newline newline
5549 \begin_inset Newline newline
5553 \begin_inset Newline newline
5556 When is it? What is today?
5559 \begin_layout Standard
5563 \begin_inset space ~
5569 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5570 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5571 Here's an example of the
5578 \begin_layout Address
5580 \begin_inset Newline newline
5583 Where do I send this
5584 \begin_inset Newline newline
5587 Your post office and country
5590 \begin_layout Standard
5591 As you can see, both
5598 \begin_inset space ~
5603 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5608 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5614 This makes sense, since
5622 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5623 Thus, you have to use
5634 \begin_inset space ~
5637 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5639 \begin_inset space ~
5648 menu) to start a new line in an
5655 \begin_inset space ~
5663 \begin_layout Subsection
5667 \begin_layout Standard
5668 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5669 or list of references.
5670 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5689 \begin_layout Standard
5694 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5695 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5696 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5697 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5701 in anything else or vice versa.
5707 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5708 The book document classes ignores the
5712 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5716 in a letter document class.
5719 \begin_layout Standard
5724 environment does several things for you.
5725 First, it puts the centered label
5726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5734 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5736 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5737 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5738 the subsequent text.
5739 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5740 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5743 \begin_layout Standard
5744 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5748 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5749 The new paragraph will still be in the
5754 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5755 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5758 \begin_layout Standard
5759 \begin_inset Float figure
5764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5766 \begin_inset Graphics
5767 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5776 \begin_inset Caption
5778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5781 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5802 \begin_layout Standard
5803 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5807 environment, but since this document is in the
5808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5815 class, we can't do this.
5816 We inserted it therefore as figure
5817 \begin_inset space ~
5821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5823 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5828 If you've never heard of an
5829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5836 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5857 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5864 \begin_layout Standard
5869 environment is used to list references.
5870 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5871 only use it at the end of the document.
5876 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5879 \begin_layout Standard
5880 When you first open a
5884 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5900 depending on the document class.
5901 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5902 Each paragraph of the
5906 environment is a bibliography entry.
5911 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5912 Each new paragraph is still in the
5919 \begin_layout Standard
5920 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5922 \begin_inset space ~
5926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5928 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5935 \begin_layout Subsection
5942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5943 Paragraph ! LyX code
5949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5958 \begin_layout Standard
5963 environment is another LyX extension.
5964 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5969 key as a fixed whitespace;
5973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5985 \begin_inset space ~
5990 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5995 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5996 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6014 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6015 So, when you finish using the
6019 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6020 Also, you can nest the
6024 environment inside of others.
6027 \begin_layout Standard
6028 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6031 \begin_layout Itemize
6036 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6048 \begin_layout Itemize
6061 \begin_layout Itemize
6066 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6073 \begin_layout Itemize
6082 \begin_layout Itemize
6083 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6084 You must put at least one
6088 in any line you want blank.
6089 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6092 \begin_layout Itemize
6093 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6097 since that will insert
6102 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6110 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6113 \begin_layout Standard
6117 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6121 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6125 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6129 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6133 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6134 printf("Hello World!
6139 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6143 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6148 This is just the standard
6149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6165 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6166 rc-files, and so on.
6167 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6168 as if you used a typewriter.
6172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6173 Paragraph environments|)
6181 \begin_layout Section
6182 Nesting Environments
6186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6187 Nesting ! Environments
6193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6202 \begin_layout Subsection
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6207 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6209 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6211 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6213 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6225 \begin_layout Enumerate
6229 \begin_layout Enumerate
6234 \begin_layout Enumerate
6238 \begin_layout Enumerate
6243 \begin_layout Enumerate
6247 \begin_layout Standard
6248 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6249 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6252 \begin_inset space ~
6256 \begin_inset space ~
6264 \begin_inset space ~
6268 \begin_inset space ~
6277 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6278 will tell you how far you are nested).
6279 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6280 \begin_inset Graphics
6281 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6286 \begin_inset Graphics
6287 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6291 or the convenient key bindings
6299 to change the nesting level.
6300 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6301 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6306 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6307 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6308 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6309 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6313 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6314 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6316 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6319 \begin_layout Subsection
6320 What You Can and Can't Nest
6323 \begin_layout Standard
6324 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6325 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6328 \begin_layout Standard
6329 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6330 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6331 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6334 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 Completely unnestable
6338 \begin_layout Itemize
6339 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6340 other things inside of them.
6343 \begin_layout Itemize
6344 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6348 \begin_layout Standard
6349 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6350 environments have them:
6353 \begin_layout Description
6354 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6355 Can't nest into them.
6359 \begin_layout Itemize
6365 \begin_layout Itemize
6371 \begin_layout Itemize
6377 \begin_layout Itemize
6383 \begin_layout Itemize
6390 \begin_layout Description
6392 \begin_inset space ~
6395 Nestable You can nest them.
6396 You can nest other things into them.
6400 \begin_layout Itemize
6406 \begin_layout Itemize
6412 \begin_layout Itemize
6418 \begin_layout Itemize
6424 \begin_layout Itemize
6430 \begin_layout Itemize
6436 \begin_layout Itemize
6442 \begin_layout Itemize
6449 \begin_layout Description
6450 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6451 You can't nest anything into them.
6455 \begin_layout Itemize
6461 \begin_layout Itemize
6467 \begin_layout Itemize
6473 \begin_layout Itemize
6479 \begin_layout Itemize
6485 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_layout Itemize
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6503 \begin_layout Itemize
6509 \begin_layout Itemize
6515 \begin_layout Itemize
6521 \begin_layout Itemize
6527 \begin_layout Itemize
6533 \begin_layout Itemize
6537 \begin_inset space ~
6543 \begin_layout Itemize
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6551 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6559 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6568 \begin_inset space ~
6572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6576 \begin_inset space ~
6579 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6580 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6581 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6589 \begin_layout Subsection
6590 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6595 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6603 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6610 \begin_layout Standard
6611 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6612 affected by nesting anyhow.
6616 \begin_layout Itemize
6620 \begin_layout Itemize
6624 \begin_layout Itemize
6628 \begin_layout Standard
6630 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6638 Figures and tables in
6642 are not affected by this.
6647 Have a look at section
6648 \begin_inset space ~
6652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6654 reference "sec:Floats"
6658 for more informations about
6665 \begin_layout Standard
6666 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6667 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6671 \begin_layout Standard
6672 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6680 of its own, it behaves just like a
6681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6688 paragraph environment.
6689 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6694 Here's an example with a table:
6697 \begin_layout Enumerate
6702 \begin_layout Enumerate
6703 This is (a) and it's nested.
6707 \begin_layout Standard
6708 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6716 \begin_inset Tabular
6717 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6804 \begin_layout Standard
6805 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6812 \begin_layout Enumerate
6814 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6818 \begin_layout Enumerate
6822 \begin_layout Standard
6823 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6831 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 This is (a) and it's nested.
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6843 \begin_layout Standard
6845 \begin_inset Tabular
6846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6933 \begin_layout Standard
6934 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6940 \begin_layout Enumerate
6947 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6954 \begin_layout Standard
6955 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6959 \begin_layout Standard
6960 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6962 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6965 \begin_layout Enumerate
6970 \begin_layout Enumerate
6971 This is (a) and it's nested.
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6975 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6981 \begin_layout Standard
6983 \begin_inset Tabular
6984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7071 \begin_layout Standard
7072 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7078 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7088 \begin_layout Enumerate
7092 \begin_layout Standard
7093 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7099 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7100 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7104 \begin_layout Subsection
7105 Usage and General Features
7106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7108 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7115 \begin_layout Standard
7116 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7125 is the innermost possible depth.
7126 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7129 \begin_layout Enumerate
7130 level #1 - outermost
7134 \begin_layout Enumerate
7139 \begin_layout Enumerate
7144 \begin_layout Enumerate
7149 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7164 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7165 both of them in the example.
7166 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7176 For example, if we tried to nest another
7181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7191 \begin_layout Subsection
7196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7205 \begin_layout Standard
7206 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7207 We have several examples of nested environments.
7208 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7212 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7213 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7216 \begin_layout Labeling
7217 \labelwidthstring MMM
7218 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7227 \begin_layout Labeling
7228 \labelwidthstring MMM
7229 #2-a This is level #2.
7230 We created it by using
7242 \begin_layout Labeling
7243 \labelwidthstring MMM
7244 #3-a This is level #3.
7245 This time, we just hit
7254 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7272 environment, nested inside of
7273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7281 So, it's at level #4.
7282 We did this by hitting
7290 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7295 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7311 \begin_layout Standard
7316 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7323 \begin_layout Labeling
7324 \labelwidthstring MMM
7325 #4-a This is level #4.
7330 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7335 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7339 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7344 keep nesting things inside of
7345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7356 \begin_layout Labeling
7357 \labelwidthstring MMM
7358 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7363 \begin_layout Labeling
7364 \labelwidthstring MMM
7365 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7366 and this is level #6.
7367 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7371 \begin_layout Labeling
7372 \labelwidthstring MMM
7373 #5-b Back to level #5.
7386 \begin_layout Labeling
7387 \labelwidthstring MMM
7396 , we're back at level #4.
7400 \begin_layout Labeling
7401 \labelwidthstring MMM
7402 #3-b Back to level #3.
7403 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7407 \begin_layout Labeling
7408 \labelwidthstring MMM
7409 #2-b Back to level #2.
7414 \begin_layout Labeling
7415 \labelwidthstring MMM
7416 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7417 After this sentence, we'll hit
7421 and change the paragraph environment back to
7428 \begin_layout Standard
7429 We could have also used the
7445 environment in place of the
7450 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7453 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7454 Example 2: Inheritance
7457 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7458 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7461 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7471 , after which, we'll change to the
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7484 environment, at level #2.
7487 \begin_layout Enumerate
7488 Notice how the nested
7492 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7496 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7500 \begin_layout Standard
7501 We ended this example by hitting
7506 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7510 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7518 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7531 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7539 \begin_layout Enumerate
7540 This is level #1, in an
7544 paragraph environment.
7545 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7549 \begin_layout Enumerate
7560 Now, what happens if we nest an
7564 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7565 label be? An asterisk?
7569 \begin_layout Itemize
7579 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7580 So, its label is a bullet.
7581 (We got here by using
7589 , then changing the environment to
7597 \begin_layout Itemize
7598 Here's level #4, produced using
7607 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7612 \begin_layout Enumerate
7613 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7615 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7620 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7624 , because we are in the
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7653 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7654 type of numbering does LyX use?
7657 \begin_layout Enumerate
7658 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7662 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7665 \begin_layout Enumerate
7670 to decrease the depth after the next
7678 \begin_layout Enumerate
7680 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7684 \begin_layout Enumerate
7686 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7687 numeral as the label.Why?
7690 \begin_layout Enumerate
7691 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7700 Notice, however, that LyX
7704 reset the counter for the label.
7708 \begin_layout Enumerate
7717 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7718 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7719 into the twofold-nested
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7728 The same thing happens if we do another
7736 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7739 \begin_layout Standard
7740 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7745 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7759 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7765 The same rule applies for the
7769 environment, as well.
7772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7773 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7776 \begin_layout Enumerate
7777 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7778 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7779 same detail with how we did it.
7788 \begin_layout Standard
7791 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7793 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7794 example in parentheses someplace.
7795 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7796 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7797 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7801 \begin_layout Enumerate
7806 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7811 Now we'll add verse.
7812 \begin_inset Newline newline
7815 It will get much worse.
7816 \begin_inset Newline newline
7821 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7827 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7828 \begin_inset Newline newline
7831 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7832 \begin_inset Newline newline
7845 \begin_layout Standard
7846 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7852 \begin_layout Standard
7854 \begin_inset Tabular
7855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7946 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7950 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7961 : level #1) This is another item.
7962 Note that selecting a
7966 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7967 3 times to put the table inside the
7975 \begin_layout Quotation
7976 We're now ending the
7980 list and changing to
7985 We're still at level #1.
7986 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7987 The next set of paragraphs is a
7988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8002 \begin_inset space ~
8007 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8011 for the letter body.
8016 to preserve the depth.
8017 Remember that you need to use
8021 to create multiple lines inside the
8028 \begin_inset space ~
8038 \begin_layout Right Address
8040 \begin_inset Newline newline
8043 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8044 \begin_inset Newline newline
8050 \begin_layout Address
8052 \begin_inset space ~
8058 \begin_layout Quotation
8059 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8060 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8063 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8064 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8065 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8066 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8067 as soon as possible.
8068 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8071 \begin_layout Quotation
8072 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8073 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8074 with your order, along with payment.
8077 \begin_layout Quotation
8078 We thank you again for your patience.
8081 \begin_layout Address
8083 \begin_inset Newline newline
8090 \begin_layout Quotation
8091 That ends that example!
8094 \begin_layout Standard
8095 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8096 just a few keystrokes.
8097 We could have easily nested an
8118 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8121 \begin_layout Section
8122 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8135 \begin_layout Standard
8136 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8137 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8138 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8139 be broken at the end of a line.
8140 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8144 \begin_layout Subsection
8146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8148 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8165 \begin_layout Standard
8166 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8168 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8172 Further documentation is given in section
8173 \begin_inset Newline newline
8177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8179 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8187 \begin_layout Standard
8188 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8203 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8212 A protected space is set with
8214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8215 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8219 \begin_inset space ~
8233 \begin_layout Subsection
8235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8237 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8246 Spacing ! Horizontal
8254 \begin_layout Standard
8255 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8258 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8262 The length units are listed in Appendix
8263 \begin_inset space ~
8267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8269 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8280 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8297 \begin_layout Standard
8299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8303 \begin_inset space \space{}
8306 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8307 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8308 \begin_inset space ~
8312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8314 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8319 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8320 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8331 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8357 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8366 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8367 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8368 inside abbreviations:
8373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8377 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8382 \begin_inset space \space{}
8388 \begin_layout Standard
8389 or between values and units.
8390 Compare for example this:
8391 \begin_inset Newline newline
8395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8399 \begin_inset Newline newline
8405 \begin_layout Standard
8406 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8411 \begin_inset space ~
8423 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8427 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8434 \begin_layout Standard
8435 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8438 \begin_layout Description
8440 \begin_inset space ~
8444 \begin_inset space ~
8448 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8452 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8456 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8459 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8462 \begin_layout Description
8464 \begin_inset space ~
8468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8476 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8480 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8487 em) space between the arrows.
8490 \begin_layout Description
8492 \begin_inset space ~
8496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8500 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8504 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8508 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8512 \begin_inset space ~
8516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8519 em) space between the arrows.
8522 \begin_layout Description
8524 \begin_inset space ~
8528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8532 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8536 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8540 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8544 \begin_inset space ~
8548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 em) space between the arrows.
8554 \begin_layout Description
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8564 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8569 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8576 cm space between the arrows.
8579 \begin_layout Standard
8581 \begin_inset space ~
8585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8587 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8591 lists the different space sizes.
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8595 \begin_inset Float table
8600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 \begin_inset Caption
8604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8607 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8611 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8621 \begin_inset Tabular
8622 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8625 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8737 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8842 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8860 \begin_layout Standard
8861 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8862 in a uniform fashion.
8863 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8864 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8865 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
8866 equally between themselves.
8870 \begin_layout Standard
8871 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8876 This is on the left side
8877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8880 This is on the right
8886 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8890 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8899 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8903 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8907 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8913 \begin_layout Standard
8914 That was an example in the
8920 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8924 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8928 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8931 is one in a standard paragraph.
8932 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8936 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8939 \begin_layout Standard
8940 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8941 Here's an example with the
8948 \begin_layout Labeling
8949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8955 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8959 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8963 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8969 \begin_layout Standard
8971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8978 marks the beginning of the item.
8979 (There is actually a
8980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8987 HFill inside of the label of the
8991 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
8993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9000 situations, like two-column mode.
9003 \begin_layout Standard
9004 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9012 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9016 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9017 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9018 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9022 option in the space dialog.
9030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9044 \begin_layout Standard
9045 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9047 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9051 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9054 What is correct English?:
9055 \begin_inset Newline newline
9059 \begin_inset Newline newline
9063 \begin_inset space ~
9066 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9067 \begin_inset Newline newline
9074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9085 \begin_inset Newline newline
9092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9103 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9115 \begin_inset space ~
9119 \begin_inset space ~
9123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9127 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9145 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9149 for more information about TeX-Code.
9155 In our case write the command
9162 (note the space after
9163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9170 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9171 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9172 That is why it is named
9173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9185 There exists also the commands
9197 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9198 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9199 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9201 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9213 \begin_layout Subsection
9215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9217 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9234 \begin_layout Standard
9235 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9238 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9240 \begin_inset space ~
9246 There you find the following sizes:
9249 \begin_layout Standard
9262 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9267 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9282 for the paragraph separation.
9283 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9294 \begin_layout Standard
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9309 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9310 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9312 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9313 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9322 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9331 s are described in section
9332 \begin_inset space ~
9336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9338 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9347 If there are several
9351 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9352 You can therefore use
9356 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9364 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9365 \begin_inset space ~
9369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9371 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9379 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9389 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9390 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9402 \begin_layout Subsection
9406 \begin_layout Standard
9407 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9409 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9413 There are four possibilities:
9416 \begin_layout Itemize
9422 \begin_layout Itemize
9428 \begin_layout Itemize
9434 \begin_layout Itemize
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9441 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9442 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9443 the left and right margins.
9444 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9447 \begin_layout Standard
9449 This paragraph is right aligned,
9452 \begin_layout Standard
9454 this one is centered,
9457 \begin_layout Standard
9459 this one is left aligned.
9462 \begin_layout Subsection
9467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9476 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9483 \begin_layout Standard
9484 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9485 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9486 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9487 Only if you use many
9491 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9494 \begin_layout Standard
9495 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9496 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9500 have to change the pagebreaking.
9503 \begin_layout Standard
9504 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9506 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9509 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9511 \begin_inset space ~
9517 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9520 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9522 \begin_inset space ~
9527 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9529 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9530 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9533 \begin_layout Standard
9534 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9535 at the top of a page.
9536 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9537 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9538 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9539 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9543 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9558 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9575 \begin_layout Standard
9576 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9577 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9578 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9579 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9580 if necessary by adding pages.
9583 \begin_layout Standard
9584 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9586 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9587 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9589 \begin_inset space ~
9595 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9598 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset space ~
9609 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9610 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9613 \begin_layout Subsection
9618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9627 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9634 \begin_layout Standard
9635 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9637 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9640 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9642 \begin_inset space ~
9646 \begin_inset space ~
9656 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9659 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9661 \begin_inset space ~
9665 \begin_inset space ~
9670 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9672 This is necessary to avoid
9673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9680 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9683 \begin_layout Standard
9684 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9685 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9686 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9687 set a linebreak, e.g.
9688 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9689 \begin_inset space ~
9693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9695 reference "sec:Quote"
9700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9702 reference "sec:Verse"
9707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9709 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9716 \begin_layout Subsection
9718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9720 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9737 \begin_layout Standard
9742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9743 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9745 \begin_inset space ~
9750 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9756 \begin_layout Section
9757 Characters and Symbols
9760 \begin_layout Standard
9761 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
9762 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
9763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9767 \begin_inset space ~
9770 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
9772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9778 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
9782 for informations how this is done.
9785 \begin_layout Standard
9786 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
9793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9794 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9801 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9809 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
9810 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
9811 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
9819 \begin_layout Section
9820 Fonts and Text Styles
9821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9823 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9830 \begin_layout Subsection
9835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9844 \begin_layout Standard
9845 There are two types of fonts:
9848 \begin_layout Description
9850 \begin_inset space ~
9857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9863 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9864 characters) in the font.
9865 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9866 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9867 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9868 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9869 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9870 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9871 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9872 provide a good image.
9873 \begin_inset Newline newline
9876 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9877 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9878 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9879 sizes than at small ones.
9880 \begin_inset Newline newline
9894 \begin_inset space ~
9902 \begin_layout Description
9904 \begin_inset space ~
9911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9917 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9918 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9919 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9920 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9921 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9922 picture manipulation program.
9923 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9924 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9925 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9926 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9927 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9929 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9930 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9931 \begin_inset Newline newline
9934 Bitmap fonts are named
9937 \begin_inset space ~
9942 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9945 \begin_layout Standard
9946 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9947 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9948 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9949 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9953 \begin_layout Standard
9954 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9955 its document properties.
9958 \begin_layout Standard
9959 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9960 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9961 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9962 font to emphasize text, you use an
9963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9971 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9972 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9976 \begin_layout Subsection
9977 Document Font and Font size
9978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9980 name "sub:Document-Font"
9988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10007 \begin_layout Standard
10008 You can set the document fonts in the
10010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10018 Document ! Settings
10024 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10025 font shapes roman (serif),
10028 \begin_inset space ~
10040 \begin_layout Standard
10041 The possible options for the font include
10045 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10050 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10072 European Computer Modern
10075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10094 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10095 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10100 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10103 \begin_inset space ~
10108 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10114 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10115 There are three ways to use one:
10118 \begin_layout Itemize
10119 One way is to use the
10129 Virtual means that it
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10141 -glyphs from other fonts.
10142 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10164 Loading the LaTeX-package
10172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10173 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10178 with the document preamble line
10181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10186 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10190 will fix the guillemet problem.
10195 and that accented characters are not
10199 glyph, they are build of
10203 characters, the accent and the letter.
10204 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10208 fonts for words with accented characters.
10209 If you search for example for the French word
10210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10217 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10226 and not for the glyph
10227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10231 \begin_inset space ~
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10241 \begin_layout Itemize
10242 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10255 , consists of these three main font types
10258 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset space ~
10289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10293 \begin_inset space ~
10300 as typewriter font.
10301 \begin_inset Newline newline
10304 The differences between roman,
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10316 fonts are explained in section
10317 \begin_inset space ~
10321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10323 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10328 \begin_inset Newline newline
10334 \begin_inset space ~
10339 was originally designed for newspapers.
10340 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10341 into the small newspaper columns.
10345 \begin_inset space ~
10350 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10353 \begin_layout Itemize
10354 The best solution is to use the
10359 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10366 \begin_layout Standard
10367 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10370 For the font size there are four possible values:
10387 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10390 \begin_layout Standard
10391 The font sizes are the
10396 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10397 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10398 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10401 \begin_inset space ~
10407 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10408 \begin_inset space ~
10412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10414 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10421 \begin_layout Standard
10422 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10426 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10434 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10438 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10439 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10440 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10442 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10445 dialog, see section
10446 \begin_inset space ~
10450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10452 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10464 \begin_layout Subsection
10465 Using Different Character Styles
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10488 \begin_layout Standard
10489 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10490 certain paragraph environments.
10491 LyX supports two character styles,
10500 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10504 \begin_layout Standard
10509 style, do one of the following:
10512 \begin_layout Itemize
10513 click on the toolbar button
10514 \begin_inset Graphics
10515 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10522 \begin_layout Itemize
10523 use the key binding
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10533 These commands are all toggles.
10538 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10541 \begin_layout Standard
10542 One typically uses the
10546 style for proper names.
10548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10555 is the original author of LyX.
10556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10563 A more widely used character style is the
10568 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10575 \begin_layout Itemize
10576 clicking on the toolbar button
10577 \begin_inset Graphics
10578 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10585 \begin_layout Itemize
10586 using the keybindings
10589 \begin_inset space ~
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10600 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10601 es use a different font.
10604 \begin_layout Standard
10605 We've been using the
10609 style all over the place in this document.
10610 Here's one more example:
10613 \begin_layout Quotation
10616 Don't overuse character styles!
10619 \begin_layout Standard
10620 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10621 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10622 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10623 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10627 \begin_layout Standard
10628 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10631 \begin_inset space ~
10638 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10640 \begin_inset space ~
10648 \begin_layout Subsection
10649 Fine-Tuning with the
10654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10656 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10673 \begin_layout Standard
10674 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10675 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10676 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10677 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10678 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10679 from ordinary dialog.
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10684 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10685 \begin_inset Newline newline
10688 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10689 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10692 \begin_layout Standard
10693 To use custom character styles, open the
10695 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10697 \begin_inset space ~
10703 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10704 font property which you can choose.
10705 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10708 \begin_inset space ~
10713 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10718 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10719 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10720 environments in a snap.
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10724 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10727 \begin_inset space ~
10739 \begin_layout Labeling
10740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10754 The possible options are:
10758 \begin_layout Labeling
10759 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10764 This is the Roman font family.
10765 Normally a serif font.
10766 It's also the default family.
10771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10783 \begin_inset space ~
10792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10800 \begin_inset Note Note
10803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10805 It is explained in section
10806 \begin_inset space ~
10810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10812 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10824 \begin_layout Labeling
10825 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10829 \begin_inset space ~
10836 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10855 \begin_inset space ~
10864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 \begin_layout Labeling
10875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10882 This is the Typewriter font family.
10889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10901 \begin_inset space ~
10910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10923 \begin_layout Labeling
10924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10929 This corresponds to the print weight.
10934 \begin_layout Labeling
10935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10940 This is the Medium font series.
10941 It's also the default series.
10944 \begin_layout Labeling
10945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10952 This is the Bold font series.
10959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10971 \begin_inset space ~
10980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10991 \begin_layout Labeling
10992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10997 As the name implies.
11002 \begin_layout Labeling
11003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11008 This is the Upright font shape.
11009 It's also the default shape.
11012 \begin_layout Labeling
11013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11027 s the Italic font shape
11033 \begin_layout Labeling
11034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11041 This is the Slanted font shape
11043 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11046 \begin_layout Labeling
11047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11058 This is the Small caps font shape
11065 \begin_layout Labeling
11066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11071 Alters the size of the font.
11072 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11073 nal to the document font size.
11074 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11075 what you want to do.
11080 \begin_layout Labeling
11081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11115 \begin_inset space ~
11124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 \begin_inset space ~
11156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11166 \begin_layout Labeling
11167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11201 \begin_inset space ~
11210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11220 \begin_layout Labeling
11221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11255 \begin_inset space ~
11264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11287 \begin_inset space ~
11296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11306 \begin_layout Labeling
11307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11341 \begin_inset space ~
11350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11373 \begin_inset space ~
11382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11392 \begin_layout Labeling
11393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11407 It's also the default size.
11412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11424 \begin_inset space ~
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11456 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11475 \begin_layout Labeling
11476 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11510 \begin_inset space ~
11519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11542 \begin_inset space ~
11551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11561 \begin_layout Labeling
11562 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11596 \begin_inset space ~
11605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11628 \begin_inset space ~
11637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11647 \begin_layout Labeling
11648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11682 \begin_inset space ~
11691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11701 \begin_layout Labeling
11702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11736 \begin_inset space ~
11745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11768 \begin_inset space ~
11777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11787 \begin_layout Labeling
11788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11822 \begin_inset space ~
11831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 \begin_inset space ~
11863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11874 \begin_layout Standard
11879 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11880 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11881 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11882 - use that instead.
11883 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11886 \begin_layout Labeling
11887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11892 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11897 \begin_layout Labeling
11898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11905 This is text with emphasize on
11908 This might seem like the same as
11912 , but it is actually a bit different.
11918 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11920 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11923 \begin_layout Labeling
11924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11931 This is text with Underbar on.
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_inset Newline newline
11974 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11975 when you couldn't change fonts.
11976 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11977 It's only included in LyX because some people
11981 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11984 \begin_layout Labeling
11985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11992 This is text with Noun on.
11999 , this is a logical attribute.
12000 Normally it's equivalent to
12003 \begin_inset space ~
12012 \begin_layout Labeling
12013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12018 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12019 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are are able to display colors.
12023 \begin_inset space ~
12028 , which is the default
12029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12036 and means normally black, you can choose between
12072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12081 \begin_layout Labeling
12082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12087 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12088 the language of the document.
12089 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12093 \begin_layout Standard
12094 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12095 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12097 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12099 \begin_inset space ~
12104 dialog, the settings are saved.
12105 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12106 \begin_inset Graphics
12107 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12112 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12113 when the dialog isn't visible.
12117 \begin_layout Standard
12118 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12121 \begin_inset space ~
12127 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12128 (suppose you just set the shape to
12129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12147 \begin_inset space ~
12159 \begin_layout Standard
12160 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12168 \begin_inset space ~
12180 \begin_layout Itemize
12186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12193 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12211 \begin_inset Newline newline
12218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12243 \begin_inset Note Note
12246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12247 For more on phantoms see section
12248 \begin_inset space ~
12252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12254 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12264 \begin_inset Newline newline
12270 \begin_layout Itemize
12275 fonts use characters with serifs.
12276 These are the small
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12285 The following example will show the difference:
12286 \begin_inset Newline newline
12290 \begin_inset Newline newline
12295 text without serifs
12298 \begin_inset Newline newline
12301 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12302 They are therefore used as default font (named
12309 \begin_layout Itemize
12315 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12316 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12319 \begin_layout Standard
12320 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12321 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12324 \begin_layout Section
12325 Printing and Previewing
12328 \begin_layout Subsection
12332 \begin_layout Standard
12333 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12334 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12335 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12336 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12337 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12340 \begin_inset space ~
12348 \begin_layout Standard
12349 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12350 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12351 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12352 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12353 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12354 This happens in two stages:
12357 \begin_layout Enumerate
12358 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12359 generating a file with the extension,
12360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12374 \begin_layout Enumerate
12375 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12379 file to produce printable output.
12383 \begin_layout Subsection
12384 Output file formats
12388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12397 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12410 File formats ! ASCII
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12419 This file type has the extension
12420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12432 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12436 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12443 \begin_layout Standard
12444 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12446 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12447 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12453 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12459 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12467 \begin_layout Standard
12468 This file type has the extension
12469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12480 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12482 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12483 it manually with console commands.
12484 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12485 you view or export your document.
12488 \begin_layout Standard
12489 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12491 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12492 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12523 \begin_layout Standard
12524 This file type has the extension
12525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12545 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12546 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12547 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12549 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12553 \begin_layout Standard
12554 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12562 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12563 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12568 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12569 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12570 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12571 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12574 \begin_layout Standard
12575 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12577 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12578 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12584 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12590 File formats ! PostScript
12598 \begin_layout Standard
12599 This file type has the extension
12600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12612 PostScript was developed by the company
12616 as printer language.
12617 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12619 PostScript can be seen as
12620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 programming language
12624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12627 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12632 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12642 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12652 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12655 \begin_layout Standard
12656 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12660 Encapsulated PostScript
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12664 (EPS, file extension
12665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12677 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12678 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12679 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12680 whenever you view or export your document.
12681 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12682 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12683 EPS to avoid this problem.
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12689 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12690 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12696 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 This file type has the extension
12722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12738 Portable Document Format
12739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12742 (PDF) is developed by
12746 as derivative from PostScript.
12747 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12757 looks exactly the same.
12760 \begin_layout Standard
12761 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12765 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12769 (JPG, file extension
12770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12797 Portable Network Graphics
12798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12801 (PNG, file extension
12802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12814 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12815 in the background to one of these formats.
12816 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12817 will slow down your workflow.
12818 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12824 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12827 in three different ways:
12830 \begin_layout Description
12831 PDF This uses the program
12835 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12836 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12840 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12841 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12844 \begin_layout Description
12846 \begin_inset space ~
12849 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12853 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12857 \begin_layout Description
12859 \begin_inset space ~
12862 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12866 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 We recommend to use
12873 \begin_inset space ~
12882 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12888 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12891 \begin_layout Subsection
12896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12907 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12911 and choose a file type.
12912 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12915 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12918 you can use the toolbar button
12919 \begin_inset Graphics
12920 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12930 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12932 \begin_inset space ~
12937 you can use the toolbar button
12938 \begin_inset Graphics
12939 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12946 \begin_layout Standard
12947 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12948 viewer window using the menu
12950 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12956 \begin_layout Standard
12957 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12959 To have a real output, export your document.
12962 \begin_layout Subsection
12963 Printing the File from within LyX
12964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12966 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12973 \begin_layout Standard
12974 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12975 it directly from within LyX.
12976 To print a file, select the menu
12978 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12981 or click on the toolbar button
12982 \begin_inset Graphics
12983 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12988 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12989 This file is then processed by the program
12993 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12998 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13001 \begin_layout Standard
13002 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13003 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13004 printing one set to print on the other side.
13005 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13006 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13007 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13010 \begin_layout Standard
13011 You can set the parameters in the
13014 \begin_inset space ~
13022 \begin_layout Labeling
13023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13028 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13033 Note that this printer name is for the program
13042 has to be configured for this printer name.
13043 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13044 \begin_inset space ~
13048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13050 reference "sub:Printer"
13059 The printer should understand PostScript.
13062 \begin_layout Labeling
13063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13068 The name of a file to print to.
13069 The output will be a PostScript file.
13070 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13074 \begin_layout Section
13075 A few Words about Typography
13079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13088 \begin_layout Subsection
13093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13109 \begin_layout Standard
13111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13122 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13137 \begin_layout Enumerate
13139 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13143 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13161 \begin_layout Enumerate
13163 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13167 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13198 \begin_layout Enumerate
13200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13204 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13248 \begin_layout Enumerate
13250 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13254 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13258 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13276 \begin_layout Standard
13277 You generate them by inserting the
13278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13289 character multiple times in a row.
13290 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13291 final output, but not in LyX.
13294 \begin_layout Standard
13295 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13296 math mode and has a length of its own.
13297 Here are some examples of the
13298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13312 \begin_layout Enumerate
13313 line- and page-breaks
13314 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13324 \begin_layout Enumerate
13326 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13336 \begin_layout Enumerate
13337 Oh --- there's a dash.
13338 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13348 \begin_layout Enumerate
13349 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13353 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13363 \begin_layout Subsection
13368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13377 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13384 \begin_layout Standard
13385 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13386 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13395 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13400 following the rules of the document language
13404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13405 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13413 \begin_inset space ~
13417 \begin_inset space ~
13424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13435 \begin_layout Standard
13436 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13441 and with unusual constructs, like
13442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13450 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13451 This is done with the menu
13453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13454 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13456 \begin_inset space ~
13462 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13463 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13466 \begin_layout Standard
13467 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13468 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13469 a hyphen and a space in the form
13470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13478 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13486 as hyphenation possibility.
13487 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13488 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13489 of the LaTeX-box-command
13495 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13496 As LyX doesn't support
13502 , we have to use TeX Code.
13503 The result looks in LyX like:
13506 \begin_layout Standard
13507 \begin_inset Graphics
13508 filename clipart/mbox.png
13515 \begin_layout Standard
13516 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13517 \begin_inset space ~
13521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13523 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13530 \begin_layout Subsection
13535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13545 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13548 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13555 \begin_layout Standard
13556 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13557 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13558 LaTeX then adds the
13559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13562 appropriate amount of space
13563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13567 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13569 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13572 \begin_layout Standard
13573 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13587 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13588 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13591 \begin_layout Standard
13592 Here are some examples of
13596 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13599 \begin_layout Itemize
13604 \begin_layout Itemize
13609 \begin_layout Standard
13610 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13613 \begin_layout Itemize
13616 this is too much space!
13619 \begin_layout Itemize
13624 \begin_layout Standard
13625 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13628 \begin_layout Standard
13629 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13632 \begin_layout Enumerate
13636 \begin_inset space ~
13641 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13642 \begin_inset space ~
13646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13648 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13657 Spaces ! inter-word
13665 \begin_layout Enumerate
13669 \begin_inset space ~
13674 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13675 \begin_inset space ~
13679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13681 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13698 \begin_layout Enumerate
13702 \begin_inset space ~
13706 \begin_inset space ~
13710 \begin_inset space ~
13717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13724 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13725 This function is also bound to
13732 \begin_layout Standard
13733 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13736 \begin_layout Itemize
13738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13742 \begin_inset space \space{}
13745 this is too much space!
13748 \begin_layout Itemize
13749 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13753 \begin_layout Standard
13754 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13755 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13756 LaTeX will care about this.
13759 \begin_layout Standard
13760 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13763 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13765 \begin_inset space ~
13770 feature described in section
13781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13787 Typography ! Quotes
13796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13834 \begin_layout Standard
13835 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13836 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13837 and use a closing quote at the end.
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13847 The keyboard character,
13851 , generates this automatically.
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13855 You can change the behavior of the
13859 key using the submenu
13865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13873 Document ! Settings
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13882 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13887 There are six choices:
13890 \begin_layout Labeling
13891 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13903 Use quotes like this
13904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13912 \begin_inset Quotes els
13916 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13922 \begin_layout Labeling
13923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13926 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13930 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13936 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13940 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13944 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13950 \begin_layout Labeling
13951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13954 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13958 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13964 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13968 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13972 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13976 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13982 \begin_layout Labeling
13983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13986 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13990 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13996 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14000 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14004 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14008 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14014 \begin_layout Labeling
14015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14018 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14022 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14028 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14032 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14036 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14040 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14046 \begin_layout Labeling
14047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14050 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14054 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14060 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14064 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14068 \begin_inset Quotes als
14072 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14078 \begin_layout Standard
14079 These settings affects what character the
14086 \begin_layout Subsection
14091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14092 Typography ! Ligatures
14101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14132 name "sub:Ligatures"
14139 \begin_layout Standard
14140 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14141 print them as single characters.
14142 These groups are known as
14147 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14149 Here are the standard ligatures:
14152 \begin_layout Itemize
14156 \begin_layout Itemize
14160 \begin_layout Itemize
14164 \begin_layout Itemize
14168 \begin_layout Itemize
14172 \begin_layout Standard
14173 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14176 \begin_layout Standard
14177 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14178 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14186 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14202 To break a ligature, use
14204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14207 \begin_inset space ~
14214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14225 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14242 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14250 \begin_layout Subsection
14255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14256 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14264 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14271 \begin_layout Standard
14272 You have surely noticed, that the word
14273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14280 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14281 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14282 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14302 \begin_inset Note Note
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14306 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14314 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14315 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14320 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14324 \begin_layout Description
14325 LyX The name of the game, write
14326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14347 \begin_layout Description
14348 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14370 \begin_layout Description
14371 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14393 \begin_layout Description
14394 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14416 \begin_layout Standard
14417 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14422 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14430 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14431 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14432 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14435 : The actual version is
14436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14443 , the previous one was
14444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14456 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14458 This will look in LyX like:
14459 \begin_inset Graphics
14460 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14465 \begin_inset Newline newline
14468 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14469 \begin_inset space ~
14473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14475 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14482 \begin_layout Subsection
14487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14497 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14498 space between two words.
14499 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14509 for units use the menu
14511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14512 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14514 \begin_inset space ~
14526 \begin_layout Standard
14527 Here's an example to show the differences:
14530 \begin_layout Standard
14531 \begin_inset Tabular
14532 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14534 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14535 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14542 \begin_inset space ~
14546 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14558 space between number and unit
14565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14574 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14586 half space between number and unit
14599 \begin_layout Subsection
14604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14605 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14620 \begin_layout Standard
14621 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14623 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14624 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14625 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14626 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14627 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14628 These bits of text became known as
14639 \begin_layout Standard
14640 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14641 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14642 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14643 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14644 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14645 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14646 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14649 \begin_layout Standard
14650 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14651 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14652 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14653 \begin_inset space ~
14657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14659 key "latexcompanion"
14664 \begin_inset space ~
14668 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14674 ] may have more information.
14675 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14678 \begin_layout Chapter
14679 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14682 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14689 \begin_layout Standard
14690 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14695 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14698 \begin_layout Section
14703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14719 \begin_layout Standard
14720 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14723 \begin_layout Description
14725 \begin_inset space ~
14728 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14729 \begin_inset Newline newline
14733 \begin_inset Note Note
14736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14737 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14745 \begin_layout Description
14746 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14747 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14749 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14750 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14751 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14754 \begin_inset Newline newline
14758 \begin_inset Note Comment
14761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14762 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14770 \begin_layout Description
14772 \begin_inset space ~
14775 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14776 \begin_inset Newline newline
14780 \begin_inset Newline newline
14784 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14793 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14794 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14795 How this can be done is explained in the
14804 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14810 \begin_inset Newline newline
14814 \begin_inset Newline newline
14817 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14818 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14821 \begin_layout Description
14822 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14824 \begin_inset Box Framed
14833 height_special "totalheight"
14836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14837 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14842 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14843 \begin_inset space ~
14847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14849 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
14853 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14857 \begin_layout Description
14858 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14859 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14868 height_special "totalheight"
14871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14872 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14877 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14878 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14881 \begin_layout Standard
14882 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14883 \begin_inset Graphics
14884 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14886 scaleBeforeRotation
14892 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14896 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14899 \begin_layout Section
14904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14913 name "sec:Footnotes"
14920 \begin_layout Standard
14921 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14927 or the toolbar button
14928 \begin_inset Graphics
14929 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14942 \begin_inset Graphics
14943 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14953 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14982 label, the box will
14986 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14987 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15000 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15016 \begin_layout Standard
15017 Here's an example footnote:
15025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15026 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15036 position where the footnote box is placed.
15037 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15038 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15039 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15040 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15041 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15046 ey are described in the
15053 \begin_layout Section
15058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15067 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15075 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15076 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15085 or the toolbar button
15086 \begin_inset Graphics
15087 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15114 appearing within your text.
15115 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15125 At the side is an example marginal note.
15129 \begin_inset Marginal
15132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15133 This is a marginal note.
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15143 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15144 pages, right on odd pages.
15147 \begin_layout Section
15148 Graphics and Images
15152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15171 name "sec:Graphics"
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15179 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15180 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15181 \begin_inset Graphics
15182 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15192 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15195 \begin_layout Standard
15196 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15201 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15202 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15203 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15205 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15206 \begin_inset space ~
15210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15212 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15219 \begin_layout Standard
15224 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15225 of the image in the output.
15226 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15230 \begin_inset space ~
15234 \begin_inset space ~
15243 \begin_inset space ~
15247 \begin_inset space ~
15251 \begin_inset space ~
15256 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15257 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15265 \begin_layout Standard
15266 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15271 You can also set the
15275 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15276 This option is explained in section
15277 \begin_inset space ~
15281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15283 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15291 \begin_inset space ~
15296 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15297 image size is printed.
15300 \begin_layout Standard
15301 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15302 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15304 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15305 centered paragraph:
15308 \begin_layout Standard
15310 \begin_inset Graphics
15311 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15313 rotateOrigin center
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15321 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15322 the image into a float, see section
15323 \begin_inset space ~
15327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15329 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15336 \begin_layout Subsection
15341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15350 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15358 You can insert images in any known file format.
15359 But as we explained in section
15360 \begin_inset space ~
15364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15366 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15370 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15371 LyX uses therefore the program
15375 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15376 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15377 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15378 \begin_inset space ~
15382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15384 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15391 \begin_layout Standard
15392 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15395 \begin_layout Description
15397 \begin_inset space ~
15400 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15401 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15402 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15406 Graphics Interchange Format
15407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15410 (GIF, file extension
15411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15458 Portable Network Graphics
15459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15462 (PNG, file extension
15463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15510 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15514 (JPG, file extension
15515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15573 \begin_layout Description
15575 \begin_inset space ~
15578 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15580 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15581 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15582 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15583 \begin_inset Newline newline
15586 Scalable image formats can be
15587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15590 Scalable Vector Graphics
15591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15594 (SVG, file extension
15595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15642 Encapsulated PostScript
15643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15646 (EPS, file extension
15647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15694 Portable Document Format
15695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15698 (PDF, file extension
15699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15721 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15722 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15723 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15729 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15738 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15742 \begin_layout Section
15747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15763 \begin_layout Standard
15764 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15765 \begin_inset Graphics
15766 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15777 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15778 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15779 from the rest of the table.
15780 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15781 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15783 Here's an example table:
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15788 \begin_inset Tabular
15789 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15791 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15792 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15793 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15794 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 \begin_layout Subsection
15998 \begin_layout Standard
15999 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16000 brings up the table dialog.
16001 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16002 where the cursor is placed currently.
16003 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16004 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16005 done on all of your selection.
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16009 Additionally to the table dialog the
16012 \begin_inset space ~
16017 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16019 It is for example currently only possible to add
16020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16027 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16030 \begin_layout Standard
16034 \begin_inset space ~
16039 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16040 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16041 current cell respectively.
16042 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16044 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16045 of text, see section
16046 \begin_inset space ~
16050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16052 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16060 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16066 This will merge the cells to
16070 cell, spread over more than one column.
16071 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16072 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16073 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16074 in the last row without the upper border:
16077 \begin_layout Standard
16079 \begin_inset Tabular
16080 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16081 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16083 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16084 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16096 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16105 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 \begin_layout Standard
16217 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16218 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16219 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16220 explained in the tables section of the
16223 \begin_inset space ~
16229 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16230 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16233 degrees counterclockwise.
16234 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16246 Most DVI-viewers are
16250 able to display rotations.
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16263 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16268 adds lines for all cell borders.
16271 \begin_layout Subsection
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 Tables ! Longtables
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16296 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16299 \begin_inset space ~
16303 \begin_inset space ~
16312 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16313 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16316 \begin_layout Description
16321 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16322 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16323 except for the first page, if
16326 \begin_inset space ~
16334 \begin_layout Description
16338 \begin_inset space ~
16343 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16344 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16347 \begin_layout Description
16352 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16353 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16354 except for the last page, if
16357 \begin_inset space ~
16365 \begin_layout Description
16369 \begin_inset space ~
16374 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16375 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16378 \begin_layout Standard
16379 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16380 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16381 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16382 The others will then be defined as
16387 In this context, first means first in this order:
16390 \begin_inset space ~
16402 \begin_inset space ~
16408 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16413 \begin_inset Tabular
16414 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16415 <features islongtable="true">
16416 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16417 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16418 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16419 <row endfirsthead="true">
16420 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16431 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <row endfirsthead="true">
16451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 <row endhead="true">
16484 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16495 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16504 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16514 <row endhead="true">
16515 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16526 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16535 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 <row endfoot="true">
16548 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16559 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16568 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16599 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <row endlastfoot="true">
18530 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 \begin_layout Subsection
18572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18581 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18588 \begin_layout Standard
18589 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18590 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18591 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18592 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18596 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18597 for the cell's paragraph.
18600 \begin_layout Standard
18601 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18602 for the column in the table dialog.
18603 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18604 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18608 \begin_layout Standard
18610 \begin_inset Tabular
18611 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18614 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18704 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 This is longer now.
18765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18817 This is longer now.
18822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18848 \begin_layout Standard
18849 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18850 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18851 Selection with the mouse or with
18855 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18856 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18857 the selection from outside the table.
18860 \begin_layout Section
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18881 \begin_layout Standard
18882 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18883 have a fixed location.
18885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18892 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18900 \begin_inset space ~
18905 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18906 too much notes at the page.
18909 \begin_layout Standard
18910 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18911 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18912 and pages without text.
18913 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18914 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18915 Floats are therefore numbered.
18916 Referencing is described in section
18917 \begin_inset space ~
18921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18923 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18930 \begin_layout Standard
18931 To insert a float, use the menu
18933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18937 A box with a caption that has e.
18938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18942 \begin_inset space ~
18946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18950 \begin_inset space ~
18954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18957 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18958 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18960 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18971 paragraph within the float.
18972 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18973 by left-clicking on the box label.
18974 A closed float box looks like this:
18975 \begin_inset Graphics
18976 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18981 -- a gray button with a red label.
18984 \begin_layout Standard
18985 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18986 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18989 \begin_layout Subsection
18993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 Floats ! Figure floats
19005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19007 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19014 \begin_layout Standard
19017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19018 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19021 inserts a float with the label
19022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19028 \begin_inset space ~
19034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19038 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19039 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19040 This is what we did for Figure
19041 \begin_inset space ~
19045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19047 reference "cap:Platypus"
19052 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19053 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19054 This was done in Figure
19055 \begin_inset space ~
19059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19061 reference "cap:Escher"
19068 \begin_layout Standard
19069 \begin_inset Float figure
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 \begin_inset Graphics
19077 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19079 rotateOrigin center
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 \begin_inset Caption
19089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19092 name "cap:Platypus"
19096 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19109 \begin_layout Standard
19110 \begin_inset Float figure
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 \begin_inset Caption
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 \begin_inset Graphics
19137 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19139 rotateOrigin center
19151 \begin_layout Standard
19152 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19154 As described in section
19155 \begin_inset space ~
19159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19161 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19165 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19170 and refer to it using the menu
19172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19176 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19185 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19197 \begin_layout Standard
19198 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19199 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19200 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19201 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19203 \begin_inset space ~
19207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19209 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19213 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19214 You can also set the images one below the other.
19216 \begin_inset space ~
19220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19222 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19229 reference "fig:Platypus"
19233 are the subfigures.
19236 \begin_layout Standard
19237 \begin_inset Float figure
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19247 \begin_inset Float figure
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 \begin_inset Caption
19255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19258 name "fig:Undefinable"
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 \begin_inset Graphics
19272 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19283 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19287 \begin_inset Float figure
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 \begin_inset Caption
19295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19298 name "fig:Platypus"
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 \begin_inset Graphics
19312 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19324 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 \begin_inset Caption
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19336 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19340 Two distorted images.
19353 \begin_layout Standard
19354 Note that the caption is added to the
19357 \begin_inset space ~
19361 \begin_inset space ~
19366 as described in section
19367 \begin_inset space ~
19371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19373 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19386 Floats ! Table floats
19392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19394 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19401 \begin_layout Standard
19402 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19405 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19409 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19412 \begin_inset space ~
19416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19418 reference "cap:Table-float"
19422 is an example of a table float.
19425 \begin_layout Standard
19426 \begin_inset Float table
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 \begin_inset Caption
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19437 name "cap:Table-float"
19449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 \begin_inset Tabular
19452 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19606 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19627 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19662 \begin_layout Standard
19663 This float type is inserted with the menu
19665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19666 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19670 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19671 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19675 , described in section
19676 \begin_inset space ~
19680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19682 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19689 \begin_layout Standard
19690 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19704 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19707 \begin_layout Standard
19712 floatname{algorithm}{your
19713 \begin_inset space ~
19719 \begin_layout Standard
19720 to the document preamble (menu
19722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19729 \begin_inset space ~
19735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19749 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19763 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19770 \begin_layout Standard
19771 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 \begin_inset Graphics
19780 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19782 rotateOrigin center
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 \begin_inset Caption
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19795 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19799 This is a wrapped figure.
19800 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19813 This float type is used if you want to
19814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19821 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19823 It can be inserted using the menu
19825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19826 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19828 \begin_inset space ~
19833 if the LaTeX-package
19841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19855 \begin_inset space ~
19865 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19868 \begin_inset space ~
19872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19874 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19878 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 Available units are explained in Appendix
19888 \begin_inset space ~
19892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19894 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19903 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19907 \begin_layout Standard
19908 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19917 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19918 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19919 over some other text.
19927 \begin_layout Itemize
19928 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19929 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19930 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19931 breaks will appear.
19934 \begin_layout Itemize
19935 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19936 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19939 \begin_layout Itemize
19940 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19941 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19944 \begin_layout Itemize
19945 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19948 \begin_layout Subsection
19950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19952 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 \begin_layout Standard
19970 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19971 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19975 \begin_inset space ~
19983 \begin_layout Standard
19984 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19985 a two-column document).
19986 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19987 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19994 \begin_layout Standard
19995 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19996 format is also the same: Table
19997 \begin_inset space ~
20001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20003 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20007 is an example of a rotated table float.
20010 \begin_layout Standard
20011 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20027 \begin_layout Standard
20028 \begin_inset Float table
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 \begin_inset Caption
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20039 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 \begin_inset Tabular
20054 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20058 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20059 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20060 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20120 \begin_layout Subsection
20122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20124 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 \begin_layout Standard
20142 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20143 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20144 \begin_inset Newline newline
20150 \begin_inset space ~
20155 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20156 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20158 \begin_inset Newline newline
20164 \begin_inset space ~
20169 is used to rotate floats, see section
20170 \begin_inset space ~
20174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20176 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20183 \begin_layout Standard
20184 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20185 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20188 \begin_inset space ~
20192 \begin_inset space ~
20200 \begin_layout Description
20202 \begin_inset space ~
20206 \begin_inset space ~
20209 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20212 \begin_layout Description
20214 \begin_inset space ~
20218 \begin_inset space ~
20221 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20224 \begin_layout Description
20226 \begin_inset space ~
20230 \begin_inset space ~
20233 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20236 \begin_layout Description
20238 \begin_inset space ~
20242 \begin_inset space ~
20245 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20248 \begin_layout Standard
20249 The order of the above option is
20254 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20258 \begin_inset space ~
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20270 \begin_inset space ~
20274 \begin_inset space ~
20279 , and then the others.
20280 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20282 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20283 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20286 \begin_layout Standard
20287 By default, each options has its own rules:
20290 \begin_layout Standard
20294 \begin_inset space ~
20298 \begin_inset space ~
20303 only floats occupying less than 70
20304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20307 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20310 \begin_layout Standard
20314 \begin_inset space ~
20318 \begin_inset space ~
20323 : only floats occupying less than 30
20324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20327 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20330 \begin_layout Standard
20334 \begin_inset space ~
20338 \begin_inset space ~
20343 : only if more than 50
20344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20347 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20351 \begin_layout Standard
20352 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20356 \begin_inset space ~
20360 \begin_inset space ~
20368 \begin_layout Standard
20369 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20370 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20371 For this case you can use the option
20374 \begin_inset space ~
20380 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20382 Because the float is then no longer able to
20383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20390 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20393 \begin_layout Standard
20394 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20395 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20398 \begin_layout Standard
20399 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20401 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20403 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20410 \begin_layout Section
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20424 name "sec:Minipages"
20431 \begin_layout Standard
20432 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20434 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20435 \begin_inset space ~
20442 \begin_layout Standard
20443 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20449 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20450 and its alignment within the page.
20453 \begin_layout Standard
20455 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20464 height_special "totalheight"
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20470 This is a minipage.
20471 The text is set in an italic style.
20474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20478 another formatting.
20486 \begin_layout Standard
20487 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20490 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20494 as described in section
20495 \begin_inset space ~
20499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20501 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20506 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20512 \begin_layout Standard
20513 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20522 height_special "totalheight"
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20527 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20537 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20546 height_special "totalheight"
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20551 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20560 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20566 \begin_layout Standard
20567 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20568 to other box types.
20569 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20580 \begin_layout Chapter
20581 Mathematical Formulas
20585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20626 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20633 \begin_layout Standard
20634 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20639 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20642 \begin_layout Section
20647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20656 \begin_layout Standard
20657 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20658 \begin_inset Graphics
20659 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20664 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20666 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20667 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20668 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20676 \begin_layout Standard
20677 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20686 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20691 line, like this one:
20694 \begin_layout Standard
20695 This is a line with an inline formula
20696 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20702 \begin_layout Standard
20703 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20705 \begin_inset Formula \[
20710 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20713 \begin_layout Standard
20714 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20730 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20731 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20735 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20738 \begin_inset space ~
20746 \begin_layout Subsection
20747 Navigating in Formulas
20751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20761 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20762 achieved with the arrow keys.
20763 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20764 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20769 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20770 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20774 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20778 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20780 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20788 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20793 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20794 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20802 , printed in this document as
20803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20824 \begin_inset Note Note
20827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20828 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20829 space character (visible space).
20834 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20835 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20836 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20841 For example, if you want
20842 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20896 , since in the latter case only the
20899 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20904 will be under the square root sign:
20905 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20911 \begin_layout Standard
20912 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20914 \begin_inset Formula \[
20915 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20918 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20922 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20923 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20926 \begin_layout Subsection
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20931 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20932 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20936 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20937 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20938 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20939 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20940 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20943 \begin_layout Subsection
20944 Exponents and Subscripts
20948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 \begin_layout Standard
20968 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20969 way is to use a command.
20971 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20974 , type in a formula
20980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20996 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21002 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21006 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21027 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21036 , you have to use an extra
21040 to separate the hat and the character.
21043 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21064 Subscripts are similar: To get
21065 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 \begin_layout Subsection
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21103 Create a fraction with either the command
21110 \begin_inset Graphics
21111 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21119 \begin_inset space ~
21125 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21126 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21127 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21132 To move back up, press
21137 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21138 \begin_inset Formula \[
21139 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21141 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21148 \begin_layout Subsection
21153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21162 \begin_layout Standard
21163 Roots can be created using the
21166 \begin_inset space ~
21172 \begin_inset Graphics
21173 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21196 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21202 produces always a square root.
21205 \begin_layout Subsection
21206 Operators with Limits
21210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21229 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21238 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21242 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21245 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21246 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21247 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21248 The sum operator will automatically place its
21249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21256 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21259 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21263 \begin_inset Formula \[
21264 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21268 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21272 \begin_layout Standard
21273 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21275 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21276 behind the operator and hitting
21282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21283 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21285 \begin_inset space ~
21289 \begin_inset space ~
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21298 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21306 feature as addition, such as
21310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21317 \begin_inset Formula \[
21318 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21322 which will place the
21323 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21335 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21336 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21342 \begin_layout Standard
21343 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21350 Have a look at section
21351 \begin_inset space ~
21355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21357 reference "sub:Functions"
21361 for an explanation of function macros.
21364 \begin_layout Subsection
21369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 Most math symbols can be found in the
21382 \begin_inset space ~
21387 under one of several categories; including
21404 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21409 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21410 you don't have to use the
21413 \begin_inset space ~
21418 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21419 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21422 \begin_layout Subsection
21427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21436 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21444 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21453 \begin_inset space ~
21459 \begin_inset Graphics
21460 filename ../images/math/space.png
21465 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21466 Here a example for the sequence
21471 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21475 \begin_inset Graphics
21476 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21481 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21482 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21483 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21484 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21489 \begin_layout Standard
21499 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21505 \begin_layout Standard
21515 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21521 \begin_layout Subsection
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21535 name "sub:Functions"
21542 \begin_layout Standard
21546 \begin_inset space ~
21551 contains under the button
21552 \begin_inset Graphics
21553 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21557 a number of functions, such as
21558 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21562 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21570 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21577 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21578 avoid confusions, because
21579 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21583 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21592 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21596 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21604 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21605 \begin_inset space ~
21609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21611 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21618 \begin_layout Subsection
21623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21632 \begin_layout Standard
21633 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21635 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21636 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21638 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21641 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21642 Our example is entered by typing
21650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21663 \begin_inset space ~
21667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21669 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21673 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21676 \begin_layout Standard
21677 \begin_inset Float table
21682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21683 \begin_inset Caption
21685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21688 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21692 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21702 \begin_inset Tabular
21703 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21791 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21845 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21899 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22268 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22289 \begin_layout Standard
22290 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22293 \begin_inset space ~
22299 \begin_inset Graphics
22300 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22304 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22308 \begin_layout Section
22309 Brackets and Delimiters
22313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22332 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22339 \begin_layout Standard
22340 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22341 For most purposes, using just the keys
22346 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22347 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22350 \begin_inset space ~
22356 \begin_inset Graphics
22357 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22362 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22364 \begin_inset Formula \[
22365 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22367 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22371 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22372 \begin_inset Formula \[
22373 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22382 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22385 \begin_layout Standard
22386 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22387 left side and right side.
22388 If you use the option
22391 \begin_inset space ~
22396 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22397 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22398 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22399 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22403 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22404 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22405 inside the brackets.
22406 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22411 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22414 \begin_layout Standard
22415 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22426 \begin_layout Section
22431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22440 name "sec:Grouping"
22447 \begin_layout Standard
22448 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22449 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22460 \begin_layout Standard
22461 \begin_inset Formula \[
22462 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22469 \begin_layout Standard
22470 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22485 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22486 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22487 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22490 \begin_layout Section
22491 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22516 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22524 \begin_layout Standard
22525 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22528 \begin_inset space ~
22534 \begin_inset Graphics
22535 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22540 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22541 Here is an example:
22542 \begin_inset Formula \[
22543 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22546 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22550 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22551 \begin_inset space ~
22555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22557 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22562 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22563 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22564 This alignment is set in the box
22569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22617 for every column as default.
22618 For example, the sequence
22619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22630 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22631 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22632 corresponds to the relevant column.
22633 The result will look like this:
22634 \begin_inset Formula \[
22636 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22637 column & has & has\, right\\
22638 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22645 \begin_layout Standard
22646 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22650 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22651 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22653 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22659 \begin_layout Standard
22660 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22661 It can be created with the menu
22663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22664 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22666 \begin_inset space ~
22679 \begin_inset Formula \[
22683 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22691 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22694 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22702 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22711 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22719 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22720 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22721 A new row is created by every further hit of
22729 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22730 Here is an example:
22731 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22732 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22733 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22737 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22738 where you want to start the shift and hit
22743 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22744 position to the next column.
22745 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22746 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22747 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22748 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22763 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22764 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22767 reference "eq:asquared"
22772 The other types are described in section
22773 \begin_inset space ~
22777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22779 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22786 \begin_layout Section
22787 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22792 Math ! Formula numbering
22801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22802 Math ! Referencing formulas
22808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22810 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22817 \begin_layout Standard
22818 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22820 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22821 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22823 \begin_inset space ~
22831 \begin_inset space ~
22837 The formula number appears in LyX as
22838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22845 within parentheses.
22847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22854 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22856 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22857 the document class.
22858 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22859 separated by a dot:
22860 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22861 1+1=2\end{equation}
22868 \begin_inset space ~
22873 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22874 You can only number displayed formulas.
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22878 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22880 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22881 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22883 \begin_inset space ~
22887 \begin_inset space ~
22891 \begin_inset space ~
22899 \begin_inset space ~
22904 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22905 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22907 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22908 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22912 To number all lines use the shortcut
22915 \begin_inset space ~
22923 \begin_layout Standard
22924 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22927 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22928 A label is inserted with the menu
22930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22933 when the cursor is in the formula.
22934 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22935 It is recommended to use the proposed
22936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22947 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22948 type when you have many labels in your document.
22949 We inserted in the following example the label
22950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22957 in the second line:
22958 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22959 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22960 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22964 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22965 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22975 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22979 \begin_inset space ~
22985 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22986 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22987 as the formula number:
22990 \begin_layout Standard
22991 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22994 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23002 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23003 \begin_inset space ~
23007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23009 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23014 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23020 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23025 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23033 \begin_layout Section
23034 User defined math macros
23038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23047 name "sec:math-macros"
23054 \begin_layout Standard
23055 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23056 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23057 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23059 \begin_inset Newline newline
23062 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23063 \begin_inset Formula \[
23064 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23068 The general form of its solution is:
23069 \begin_inset Formula \[
23070 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23077 \begin_layout Standard
23078 The macro should print the parameters
23079 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23083 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23087 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23090 like in the equation above.
23093 \begin_layout Standard
23094 A macro is created by executing the command
23097 \begin_layout Standard
23104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23127 \begin_inset space ~
23131 \begin_inset space ~
23137 \begin_layout Standard
23138 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23139 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23140 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23141 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 We have three arguments and name the macro
23147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23154 , so that the command is:
23157 \begin_layout Standard
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 This results in the following macro definition box:
23191 \begin_inset Graphics
23192 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23197 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23198 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23199 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23203 \begin_inset Note Note
23206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23207 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23208 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23216 \begin_layout Standard
23217 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23218 the math panel or commands.
23219 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23220 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23231 for the first argument.
23232 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23233 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23234 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23235 in LyX with its full size.
23236 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23237 In our example we insert the sequence
23238 \begin_inset Newline newline
23266 \begin_inset Newline newline
23271 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23274 \begin_layout Standard
23275 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23290 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23293 \begin_layout Standard
23295 \begin_inset Graphics
23296 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23303 \begin_layout Standard
23304 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23305 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23306 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23307 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23308 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23311 \begin_layout Standard
23312 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23313 to the new definition.
23314 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23315 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23319 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23323 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23327 \begin_inset Formula \[
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23336 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23340 \begin_layout Standard
23354 \begin_inset Newline newline
23361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23390 \begin_layout Standard
23391 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23392 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23393 definition box in your document.
23394 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23396 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23398 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23403 \begin_layout Section
23407 \begin_layout Subsection
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23421 \begin_layout Standard
23422 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23423 To set a font in a formula, use the
23426 \begin_inset space ~
23432 \begin_inset Graphics
23433 filename ../images/math/font.png
23437 , or enter its command, listed in table
23438 \begin_inset space ~
23442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23444 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23451 \begin_layout Standard
23452 \begin_inset Float table
23457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23458 \begin_inset Caption
23460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23463 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23467 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 \begin_inset Tabular
23478 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23567 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23627 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23654 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23688 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23715 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23749 \begin_layout Standard
23750 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23758 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23774 \begin_layout Standard
23775 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23776 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23781 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23782 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23783 Here an example where a
23784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23795 denotes the set of numbers:
23796 \begin_inset Formula \[
23797 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23804 \begin_layout Standard
23805 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23816 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23820 \begin_inset Newline newline
23823 So better don't use this feature.
23826 \begin_layout Standard
23827 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23828 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23832 \begin_inset Newline newline
23835 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23841 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23842 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23855 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23858 \begin_layout Standard
23859 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23862 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23864 \begin_inset space ~
23872 \begin_layout Subsection
23877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23886 \begin_layout Standard
23887 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23889 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23893 \begin_inset space ~
23897 \begin_inset space ~
23905 \begin_inset space ~
23911 \begin_inset Graphics
23912 filename ../images/math/font.png
23916 (alternatively the shortcut
23919 \begin_inset space ~
23925 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23926 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23927 Here is an example:
23928 \begin_inset Formula \[
23930 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23931 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23938 \begin_layout Subsection
23943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23953 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23954 automatically chosen in most situations.
23972 For most characters,
23980 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23981 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23986 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23987 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23988 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23989 \begin_inset Graphics
23990 filename ../images/math/style.png
23995 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23996 For example, you can set
23997 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24000 , which is normally in
24009 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24013 The four styles are used in the following example:
24016 \begin_layout Standard
24017 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24021 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24025 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24029 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24035 \begin_layout Standard
24036 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24037 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24041 \begin_inset space ~
24046 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24047 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24048 will be adjusted to correspond.
24049 As example a formula in the font size
24050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24064 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24070 \begin_layout Section
24074 \begin_layout Standard
24075 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24076 the document classes and into layout modules.
24080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24086 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24087 other than the AMS classes.
24089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24091 reference "sub:Modules"
24095 for more on layout modules.
24098 \begin_layout Section
24103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24123 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24124 (AMS) that are in common use.
24127 \begin_layout Subsection
24128 Enabling AMS-Support
24131 \begin_layout Standard
24132 Selecting the checkbox
24135 \begin_inset space ~
24139 \begin_inset space ~
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24158 Document ! Settings
24166 \begin_inset space ~
24171 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24173 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24174 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24177 \begin_layout Subsection
24179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24181 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24190 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24198 \begin_layout Standard
24199 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24200 LyX allows you to choose between
24221 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24224 \begin_layout Chapter
24228 \begin_layout Section
24233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24242 name "sec:Cross-References"
24249 \begin_layout Standard
24250 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24251 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24253 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24254 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24255 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24258 \begin_layout Enumerate
24262 \begin_layout Enumerate
24263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24265 name "enu:Second-item"
24272 \begin_layout Enumerate
24276 \begin_layout Standard
24277 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24282 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24283 \begin_inset Graphics
24284 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24290 A grey label box like this:
24291 \begin_inset Graphics
24292 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24297 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24298 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24333 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24334 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24349 \begin_layout Standard
24350 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24355 or the toolbar button
24356 \begin_inset Graphics
24357 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24363 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24364 \begin_inset Graphics
24365 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24370 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24372 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24385 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24387 Here is our cross-reference:
24390 \begin_layout Standard
24392 \begin_inset space ~
24396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24398 reference "enu:Second-item"
24405 \begin_layout Standard
24406 It is recommended to use a protected space
24410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24411 described in section
24412 \begin_inset space ~
24416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24418 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24427 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24431 \begin_layout Standard
24432 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24435 \begin_layout Description
24436 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24439 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24446 \begin_layout Description
24447 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24448 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24460 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24467 \begin_layout Description
24468 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24469 \begin_inset space ~
24473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24474 LatexCommand pageref
24475 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24482 \begin_layout Description
24484 \begin_inset space ~
24488 \begin_inset space ~
24491 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24493 LatexCommand vpageref
24494 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24501 \begin_layout Description
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24507 \begin_inset space ~
24511 \begin_inset space ~
24514 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24518 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24525 \begin_layout Description
24527 \begin_inset space ~
24530 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24531 \begin_inset Newline newline
24535 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24552 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24565 \begin_layout Standard
24566 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24567 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24573 \begin_inset space ~
24577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24592 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24593 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24594 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24598 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24603 You can only use the style
24607 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24611 is always possible.
24614 \begin_layout Standard
24615 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24616 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24617 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24618 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24619 \begin_inset space ~
24623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24625 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24632 \begin_layout Standard
24636 \begin_inset space ~
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24645 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24646 The button text changes then to
24649 \begin_inset space ~
24654 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24655 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24656 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24660 \begin_layout Standard
24661 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24662 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24663 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24666 \begin_layout Standard
24667 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24668 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24672 References are described in detail in the
24679 \begin_layout Section
24680 Table of Contents and other Listings
24684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24710 \begin_layout Subsection
24711 Table of Contents and Outline
24712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24714 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24722 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24725 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24727 \begin_inset space ~
24731 \begin_inset space ~
24737 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24738 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24739 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24740 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24747 \begin_layout Standard
24748 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24749 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24751 \begin_inset space ~
24755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24757 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24761 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24763 \begin_inset space ~
24767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24769 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24773 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24775 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24776 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24777 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24783 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24791 \begin_layout Subsection
24792 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24803 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24804 You can insert them via the
24806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24808 \begin_inset space ~
24812 \begin_inset space ~
24818 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24821 \begin_layout Section
24822 URLs and Hyperlinks
24826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24852 \begin_layout Subsection
24856 \begin_layout Standard
24857 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24865 \begin_layout Standard
24866 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24867 \begin_inset Flex URL
24870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24887 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24892 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24900 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24908 \begin_layout Subsection
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24918 or with the toolbar button
24919 \begin_inset Graphics
24920 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24921 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24926 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24935 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24936 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24937 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24939 name "LyX's homepage"
24940 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24944 , an Email address like this:
24945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24947 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24948 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24953 , or a link to a file.
24956 \begin_layout Standard
24957 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24970 to the link target.
24973 \begin_layout Standard
24974 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24975 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24976 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24977 the text style dialog.
24978 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24982 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24984 name "LyX's homepage"
24985 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24993 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24997 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24999 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25000 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25004 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25006 \begin_inset Newline newline
25014 \begin_inset Newline newline
25021 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25024 \begin_layout Section
25029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25038 name "sec:Appendices"
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25046 Appendices are created with the menu
25048 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25050 \begin_inset space ~
25054 \begin_inset space ~
25060 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25061 as appendix region.
25062 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25066 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25067 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25068 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25069 and the subsection number.
25070 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25076 \begin_inset space ~
25080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25082 reference "cha:Credits"
25087 \begin_inset space ~
25091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25093 reference "sub:Export"
25100 \begin_layout Section
25105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25114 name "sec:Bibliography"
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25122 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25123 You can include a bibliography database
25127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25128 Known under the name
25129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25141 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25143 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25147 , described in section
25148 \begin_inset space ~
25152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25154 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25166 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25168 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25177 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25179 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25188 , a short form of its title, as key.
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25192 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25197 or the toolbar button
25198 \begin_inset Graphics
25199 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25200 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25205 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25206 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25207 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25208 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25214 with surrounding brackets.
25219 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25220 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25232 \begin_layout Standard
25235 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25238 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25240 key "latexcompanion"
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25249 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25258 \begin_layout Subsection
25259 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25264 Bibliography ! Databases
25273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25274 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25282 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25289 \begin_layout Standard
25290 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25292 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25294 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25295 your working field in a database.
25296 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25297 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 The database is a text file with the file extension
25302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25313 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25314 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25315 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25317 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25322 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25324 \begin_inset Newline newline
25328 \begin_inset Flex URL
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25333 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25339 \begin_inset Newline newline
25342 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 To use a database, use the menu
25348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25353 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25366 \begin_inset space ~
25372 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25373 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25389 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25390 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25391 take care of the layout.
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25398 \begin_layout Standard
25399 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25405 \begin_layout Standard
25406 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25408 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25442 \begin_inset space ~
25448 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25457 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25465 the two methods of creating them.
25466 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25467 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25468 We used the style file
25472 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25475 \begin_layout Subsection
25476 Bibliography layout
25480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25481 Bibliography ! Layout
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25490 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25491 For this feature you need to use the option
25497 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25505 Document ! Settings
25515 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25516 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25517 in the previous section.
25520 \begin_layout Standard
25521 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25522 in the citation reference window.
25523 Here an example where we set the text
25524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25528 \begin_inset space ~
25532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25535 to appear after the reference:
25538 \begin_layout Standard
25540 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25543 key "latexcompanion"
25550 \begin_layout Section
25555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25576 \begin_inset space ~
25581 or the toolbar button
25582 \begin_inset Graphics
25583 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25601 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25602 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25603 by LyX as index entry.
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25607 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25608 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25610 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25612 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25620 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25624 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25626 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25628 \begin_inset space ~
25632 \begin_inset space ~
25635 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25637 \begin_inset space ~
25643 A light blue box labeled
25644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25655 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25656 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25659 \begin_layout Subsection
25660 Grouping Index Entries
25664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25676 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25677 lists under the entry
25678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25686 First we create the entry
25687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25695 \begin_inset space ~
25699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25701 reference "sub:Lists"
25706 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25707 \begin_inset space ~
25711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25713 reference "sec:Itemize"
25717 , we insert the command
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25737 for the enumerated list in section
25738 \begin_inset space ~
25742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25744 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25751 \begin_layout Standard
25752 The exclamation mark
25753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25760 marks the grouping levels.
25761 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25762 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25763 If we don't have an index entry for
25764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25771 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25774 \begin_layout Subsection
25779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25780 Index ! Page ranges
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25791 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25792 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25794 \begin_inset space ~
25798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25800 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25810 Paragraph environments|(
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25814 and another entry at the end of section
25815 \begin_inset space ~
25819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25821 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25831 Paragraph environments|)
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25859 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25860 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25861 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25862 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25863 An example is the index entry
25864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25867 Document ! Settings
25868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25874 \begin_layout Subsection
25879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25880 Index ! Cross referencing
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25889 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25890 We referred for example in the index entry
25891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25899 \begin_inset space ~
25903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25905 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25909 ) to the index entry
25910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25917 in the same section using the entry
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25923 GIF|see{Image formats}
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25927 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25928 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25929 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25932 \begin_layout Subsection
25937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25938 Index ! Entry order
25946 \begin_layout Standard
25947 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25948 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25949 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25954 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25956 \begin_inset space ~
25960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25962 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25971 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25972 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26001 Dummy entries ! maïs
26010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26011 Dummy entries ! maître
26020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26021 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26026 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26027 order maïs, maison, maître.
26028 To achieve this, we use the command
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26034 previous entry@current entry
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26038 In our case we want to have
26039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26054 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26057 \begin_layout Standard
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26064 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26065 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26069 \begin_layout Subsection
26074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26075 Index ! Entry layout
26083 \begin_layout Standard
26084 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the text style dialog.
26088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26091 This is an italic dummy entry
26096 You can also format the page number using the character
26097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26104 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26105 We can write for example
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26111 italic page number:|textit
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26115 to get the page number in italic.
26119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26120 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26125 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26143 \begin_inset space ~
26149 Have a look at section
26150 \begin_inset space ~
26154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26156 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26160 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26163 \begin_layout Standard
26164 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26172 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26176 to generate the index, see section
26177 \begin_inset space ~
26181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26183 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26192 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26193 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26195 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26198 key "latexcompanion"
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26211 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26213 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26214 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26215 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26216 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26217 If so, put the following in preamble
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26232 \begin_layout Standard
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26242 \begin_layout Standard
26243 into the index entry.
26247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26248 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26253 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26254 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26255 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26259 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26265 \begin_inset space ~
26268 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26269 for all index entries.
26270 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26282 documentation for details,
26283 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26285 key "makeindex,xindy"
26292 \begin_layout Subsection
26297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26306 name "sub:Index-Program"
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26314 When the index entry program
26318 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26319 generation, otherwise the program
26323 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26324 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26325 dialog, see section
26326 \begin_inset space ~
26330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26332 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26337 The available options are listed and explained in
26338 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26340 key "makeindex,xindy"
26345 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26348 \begin_layout Standard
26353 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26354 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26356 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26358 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26359 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26367 \begin_layout Section
26368 Nomenclature / Glossary
26372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26413 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26421 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26422 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26436 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26442 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26443 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26449 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26453 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26454 and then use the menu
26456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26462 \begin_inset space ~
26467 or the toolbar button
26468 \begin_inset Graphics
26469 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26487 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26490 \begin_layout Standard
26491 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26492 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26493 The second is the description of the symbol.
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26505 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26513 \begin_layout Subsection
26514 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26519 Nomenclature ! Layout
26527 \begin_layout Standard
26528 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26532 field as LaTeX-formula.
26534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26538 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26546 \begin_inset Newline newline
26554 \begin_inset Newline newline
26560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26567 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26568 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26580 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26591 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26592 \begin_inset space ~
26596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26598 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26605 \begin_layout Standard
26609 \begin_inset space ~
26614 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26615 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26620 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26627 in this document is:
26628 \begin_inset Newline newline
26633 dummy entry for the character
26638 \begin_inset Newline newline
26650 \begin_inset space ~
26660 font use the command
26689 \begin_layout Subsection
26690 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26695 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26704 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26705 the symbol definition.
26706 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26707 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26710 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26711 LatexCommand nomenclature
26713 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26720 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26724 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26725 LatexCommand nomenclature
26728 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26733 They will be sorted by
26734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26760 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26763 will be sorted before the
26767 since the character
26768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26775 is considered in sorting.
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26779 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26782 \begin_inset space ~
26787 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26788 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26790 For the given example, you can insert
26794 to this field for the
26795 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26802 will be located before
26803 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26810 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26815 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26824 \begin_layout Subsection
26825 Nomenclature Options
26829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26830 Nomenclature ! Options
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26843 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26844 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26847 \begin_layout Description
26848 refeq Appends the phrase
26849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26864 to every nomenclature entry, where
26870 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26873 \begin_layout Description
26874 refpage Appends the phrase
26875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26890 to every nomenclature entry, where
26896 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26899 \begin_layout Description
26900 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26904 There are furthermore the options
26948 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26953 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26954 class options list in the
26956 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26960 In this document the options
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26972 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26980 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26985 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26988 \begin_layout Description
26998 \begin_layout Description
27001 nomrefpage Like the
27008 \begin_layout Description
27011 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27020 \begin_layout Description
27024 \begin_inset space ~
27030 \begin_inset space ~
27035 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27038 \begin_layout Subsection
27039 Printing the Nomenclature
27043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27044 Nomenclature ! Printing
27052 \begin_layout Standard
27053 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27057 \begin_inset space ~
27061 \begin_inset space ~
27064 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27068 A light blue box labeled
27069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27080 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27081 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27085 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27094 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27102 For example, in order to change the name to
27106 , add the following line to the preamble:
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27117 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27120 \begin_layout Standard
27121 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27128 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27129 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27132 \begin_layout Standard
27140 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27146 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27147 \begin_inset space ~
27151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27153 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27158 The default value is 1
27159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27165 \begin_layout Section
27170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27181 Document ! Branches
27187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27189 name "sec:Branches"
27196 \begin_layout Standard
27197 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27198 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27199 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27200 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27205 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27206 To create a branch, go in the
27208 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27216 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27217 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27221 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27222 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27224 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27227 where you can choose a branch.
27228 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27231 \begin_layout Standard
27232 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27233 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 \begin_inset Branch Question
27240 \begin_layout Standard
27241 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27250 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27254 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27263 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27269 \begin_layout Standard
27270 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27271 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27273 For example you can define for the question branch
27277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27278 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27279 \begin_inset space ~
27283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27285 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27297 \begin_layout Standard
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27318 and for the answer branch
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27342 \begin_inset Branch Question
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27378 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27414 Now it is possible to use the commands
27418 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27425 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27428 to obtain conditional output.
27429 Here is an example formula where only the
27436 \begin_inset Formula \[
27437 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27445 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27446 \begin_inset space ~
27450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27452 reference "sec:math-macros"
27459 \begin_layout Section
27460 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27463 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27470 \begin_layout Subsection
27475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27484 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27491 \begin_layout Standard
27492 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27493 constructs, but not all.
27494 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27495 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27496 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27497 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27498 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27499 and their commands.
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27505 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27509 \begin_inset space ~
27514 or by the toolbar button
27515 \begin_inset Graphics
27516 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27521 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27534 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27535 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27547 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27548 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27549 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27556 , you can write the command part
27562 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27566 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27567 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27568 the following example:
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27572 \begin_inset Graphics
27573 filename clipart/ERT.png
27581 \begin_layout Standard
27585 \begin_layout Standard
27586 This is a line with a
27590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27614 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27622 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27623 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27631 \begin_layout Subsection
27632 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27633 \begin_inset OptArg
27636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27655 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27662 \begin_layout Standard
27663 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27664 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27665 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27674 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27675 every time if you know the right commands.
27677 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27678 the end of the day.
27679 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27680 all caption labels bold.
27681 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27683 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27687 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27688 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27689 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27691 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27701 As result you know that the package
27709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27710 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27716 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27718 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27729 usepackage[options]{package name}
27732 \begin_layout Standard
27733 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27734 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27735 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 In your case the package name is
27744 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27749 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27750 So you add the command
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27758 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27762 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27767 For more commands provided by the
27771 package, have a look at its documentation,
27772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27787 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27789 For example if you use a
27793 class, you don't need the package
27797 , you can instead write
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27805 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27811 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27812 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27813 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27820 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27824 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27825 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27827 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27828 the previous section.
27831 \begin_layout Standard
27832 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27834 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27836 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27844 \begin_layout Section
27845 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27858 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27876 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27877 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27878 to break your train of thought with
27880 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27888 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27897 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27902 as explained below, and turn on
27905 \begin_inset space ~
27912 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27918 \begin_inset space ~
27922 \begin_inset space ~
27925 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27932 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27934 Previews of an already loaded document are
27938 generated just by selecting the
27941 \begin_inset space ~
27946 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27951 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27954 \begin_inset space ~
27959 check box in the insert dialog.
27960 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27965 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27969 (on some systems named simply
27974 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27976 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27982 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27983 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27991 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27995 \begin_layout Standard
27996 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28002 \begin_layout Standard
28003 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28007 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28009 \begin_inset space ~
28014 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28015 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28017 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28018 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28019 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28020 the source view window.
28023 \begin_layout Section
28025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28027 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28045 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28046 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28063 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28069 can be seen as successor of
28073 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28078 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28079 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28088 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28089 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28099 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28102 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28103 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28104 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28105 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28106 scrolled so that it is visible.
28111 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28113 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28117 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28118 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28122 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28129 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28130 will bring an error message.
28131 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28132 specifying a different
28134 Alternative language
28136 in preferences dialog.
28139 \begin_layout Standard
28140 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28143 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28147 \begin_layout Standard
28148 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28149 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28151 But you can use the
28154 \begin_inset space ~
28158 \begin_inset space ~
28166 \begin_layout Standard
28167 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28168 This does work with
28172 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28175 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28184 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28187 \begin_layout Description
28189 \begin_inset space ~
28192 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28193 should consider, e.g.
28194 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28195 This should not normally be needed.
28198 \begin_layout Description
28200 \begin_inset space ~
28203 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28204 as your personal dictionary
28207 \begin_layout Description
28209 \begin_inset space ~
28213 \begin_inset space ~
28216 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28228 \begin_layout Description
28230 \begin_inset space ~
28234 \begin_inset space ~
28237 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28246 also for the spellchecker.
28250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28251 The encodings are explained in section
28252 \begin_inset space ~
28256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28258 reference "sub:Settings"
28267 Only enable this if you use
28271 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28272 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28273 so this is disabled by default.
28276 \begin_layout Section
28281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28290 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28298 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28301 \begin_layout Standard
28302 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28305 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28308 or the toolbar button
28309 \begin_inset Graphics
28310 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28312 rotateOrigin center
28317 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28321 \begin_layout Standard
28322 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28323 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28324 cases to find related words.
28327 \begin_layout Standard
28328 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28330 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28338 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28347 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28366 \begin_layout Section
28371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28382 Document ! Change Tracking
28388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28390 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28398 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28399 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28400 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28401 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28405 \begin_inset space ~
28408 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28410 \begin_inset space ~
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28419 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28428 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28431 \begin_inset space ~
28435 \begin_inset space ~
28448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28457 \begin_layout Standard
28458 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28472 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 \begin_inset Graphics
28480 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28488 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28495 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28499 \begin_layout Standard
28500 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28507 \begin_inset Tabular
28508 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28509 <features islongtable="true">
28510 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28511 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28517 \begin_inset Graphics
28518 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28519 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28520 rotateOrigin center
28529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28537 \begin_inset space ~
28540 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28542 \begin_inset space ~
28551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28556 \begin_inset Graphics
28557 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28559 rotateOrigin center
28568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28576 \begin_inset space ~
28579 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28581 \begin_inset space ~
28585 \begin_inset space ~
28589 \begin_inset space ~
28598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28603 \begin_inset Graphics
28604 filename ../images/change-next.png
28605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28606 rotateOrigin center
28615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28619 Jumps to the next change
28625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28630 \begin_inset Graphics
28631 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28633 rotateOrigin center
28642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28650 \begin_inset space ~
28653 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28655 \begin_inset space ~
28664 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28669 \begin_inset Graphics
28670 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28671 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28672 rotateOrigin center
28681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28689 \begin_inset space ~
28692 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28694 \begin_inset space ~
28703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28708 \begin_inset Graphics
28709 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28711 rotateOrigin center
28720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28728 \begin_inset space ~
28731 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28733 \begin_inset space ~
28742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28747 \begin_inset Graphics
28748 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28750 rotateOrigin center
28759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28765 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28767 \begin_inset space ~
28770 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28772 \begin_inset space ~
28776 \begin_inset space ~
28785 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28790 \begin_inset Graphics
28791 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28792 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28793 rotateOrigin center
28802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28808 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28810 \begin_inset space ~
28813 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28815 \begin_inset space ~
28819 \begin_inset space ~
28828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28833 \begin_inset Graphics
28834 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28835 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28836 rotateOrigin center
28845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28852 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28854 \begin_inset space ~
28863 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28868 \begin_inset Graphics
28869 filename ../images/note-next.png
28870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28871 rotateOrigin center
28880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28886 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28888 \begin_inset space ~
28904 \begin_layout Standard
28905 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28912 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28913 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28914 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28915 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28916 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28917 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28918 step to the next change.
28919 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28923 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28924 to describe a change.
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28937 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28943 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28944 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28950 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28953 \begin_layout Section
28954 International Support
28958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28959 International support
28967 \begin_layout Standard
28968 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28969 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28970 how to set up LyX to use them:
28971 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28973 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28981 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28982 \begin_inset space ~
28986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28988 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28995 \begin_layout Subsection
29000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29011 Document ! Settings
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29021 Document ! Language
29029 \begin_layout Standard
29032 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29035 dialog lets you set
29037 the language and character encoding for your language.
29041 \begin_layout Standard
29042 Choose your language in the
29046 section of this dialog.
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29059 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29063 use language's default encoding
29065 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29066 For details about the different encoding options see section
29067 \begin_inset space ~
29071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29073 reference "sub:Settings"
29080 \begin_layout Subsection
29081 Keyboard mapping configuration
29082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29084 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29091 \begin_layout Standard
29092 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29093 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29094 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29095 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29096 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29098 \begin_inset space ~
29102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29104 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29109 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29110 which one you want to use.
29113 \begin_layout Standard
29114 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29115 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29116 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29117 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29118 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29119 one to support the characters you want.
29120 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29127 \begin_layout Subsection
29129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29138 \begin_layout Standard
29140 \begin_inset space ~
29144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29146 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29155 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29159 \begin_layout Standard
29160 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29161 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29169 \begin_layout Itemize
29170 Even if you have selected
29176 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29179 dialog, users who have only the
29183 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29187 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29188 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29189 french quotes won't show up.
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29193 \begin_inset Float table
29198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29199 \begin_inset Caption
29201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29204 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29222 \begin_inset Tabular
29223 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29227 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29232 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 \begin_layout Standard
33655 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33657 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33658 also the characters from
33670 \begin_layout Itemize
33679 \begin_layout Standard
33680 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33681 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33687 \begin_layout Standard
33688 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33695 \begin_layout Standard
33696 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33697 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33703 \begin_layout Standard
33704 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33705 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33711 \begin_layout Standard
33713 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33719 \begin_layout Standard
33721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33727 \begin_layout Standard
33729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33736 \begin_layout Itemize
33749 \begin_layout Standard
33751 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33757 \begin_layout Standard
33759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33765 \begin_layout Standard
33767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33773 \begin_layout Standard
33775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33781 \begin_layout Standard
33783 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33789 \begin_layout Standard
33791 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33798 \begin_layout Standard
33799 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33800 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33801 Also make sure you're using the
33808 \begin_layout Chapter
33811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33813 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33820 \begin_layout Standard
33821 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33822 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33823 inside the user's guide.
33826 \begin_layout Section
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33840 \begin_layout Standard
33845 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33846 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33849 \begin_layout Subsection
33853 \begin_layout Standard
33854 Creates a new document.
33857 \begin_layout Subsection
33861 \begin_layout Standard
33862 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33863 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33864 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33867 \begin_layout Subsection
33871 \begin_layout Standard
33875 \begin_layout Subsection
33879 \begin_layout Standard
33880 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33881 Click there on a file to open it.
33884 \begin_layout Subsection
33888 \begin_layout Standard
33889 Closes the current document.
33892 \begin_layout Subsection
33896 \begin_layout Standard
33897 Saves the actual document.
33900 \begin_layout Subsection
33904 \begin_layout Standard
33905 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33908 \begin_layout Subsection
33912 \begin_layout Standard
33913 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33916 \begin_layout Subsection
33920 \begin_layout Standard
33921 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33922 It is described in the section
33924 Version Control in LyX
33929 \begin_inset space ~
33937 \begin_layout Subsection
33941 \begin_layout Standard
33942 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33943 text files (ASCII-files).
33944 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33947 \begin_layout Standard
33948 When using the menu
33951 \begin_inset space ~
33955 \begin_inset space ~
33960 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33961 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33962 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33963 will start a new paragraph.
33966 \begin_layout Subsection
33968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33977 \begin_layout Standard
33978 You can export your document to various file formats.
33979 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33980 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33981 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33984 \begin_layout Standard
33985 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33987 \begin_inset space ~
33991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33993 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34000 \begin_layout Description
34004 \begin_inset space ~
34009 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34010 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34013 \begin_layout Description
34021 \begin_layout Description
34022 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34026 \begin_layout Description
34028 \begin_inset space ~
34032 \begin_inset space ~
34035 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34039 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34047 \begin_layout Description
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 \begin_inset space ~
34067 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34068 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34072 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34075 \begin_layout Description
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34090 \begin_inset space ~
34095 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34096 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34104 \begin_layout Description
34106 \begin_inset space ~
34109 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34117 is replaced by the version number)
34120 \begin_layout Description
34121 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34134 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34138 \begin_layout Description
34143 PDF-format using the program
34148 \begin_layout Description
34152 \begin_inset space ~
34157 PDF-format using the program
34162 \begin_layout Description
34166 \begin_inset space ~
34171 PDF-format using the program
34176 \begin_layout Description
34180 \begin_inset space ~
34188 \begin_layout Description
34192 \begin_inset space ~
34196 \begin_inset space ~
34201 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34202 and then exported as text using the program
34207 \begin_layout Description
34212 PostScript format using the program
34217 \begin_layout Description
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34230 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34231 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34237 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34240 \begin_layout Standard
34241 If one of the menu entries
34248 \begin_inset space ~
34257 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34258 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34259 \begin_inset space ~
34263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34265 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34274 Reconfiguration of LyX
34282 \begin_layout Standard
34287 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34288 the export program.
34291 \begin_layout Subsection
34295 \begin_layout Standard
34296 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34297 or send it to a printer.
34298 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34299 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34305 For more informations have a look at section
34306 \begin_inset space ~
34310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34312 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34319 \begin_layout Subsection
34320 New and Close Window
34323 \begin_layout Standard
34324 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34325 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34328 \begin_layout Section
34333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 \begin_layout Subsection
34346 \begin_layout Standard
34347 Described in section
34348 \begin_inset space ~
34352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34354 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34361 \begin_layout Subsection
34362 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34365 \begin_layout Standard
34366 Described in section
34367 \begin_inset space ~
34371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34373 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34380 \begin_layout Subsection
34384 \begin_layout Standard
34385 Selects the whole document.
34388 \begin_layout Subsection
34392 \begin_layout Standard
34393 Described in section
34394 \begin_inset space ~
34398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34400 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34407 \begin_layout Subsection
34408 Move paragraph Up/Down
34411 \begin_layout Standard
34412 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34416 \begin_layout Subsection
34420 \begin_layout Standard
34421 Described in section
34422 \begin_inset space ~
34426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34428 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34435 \begin_layout Subsection
34440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34441 Paragraph ! Settings
34449 \begin_layout Standard
34450 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34452 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34455 \begin_layout Standard
34456 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34457 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34466 \begin_inset space ~
34474 \begin_layout Subsection
34478 \begin_layout Standard
34479 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34480 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34481 The properties of tables are described in section
34482 \begin_inset space ~
34486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34488 reference "sec:Tables"
34492 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34493 \begin_inset space ~
34497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34499 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34506 \begin_layout Subsection
34507 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34510 \begin_layout Standard
34511 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34513 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34514 \begin_inset space ~
34518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34520 reference "sec:Nesting"
34525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34527 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34534 \begin_layout Section
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 \begin_layout Standard
34553 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34554 document with an external program.
34555 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34556 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34557 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34558 \begin_inset space ~
34562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34564 reference "sub:Export"
34569 You should at least see the menu entries
34576 \begin_inset space ~
34582 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34583 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34584 \begin_inset space ~
34588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34590 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34599 Reconfiguration of LyX
34607 \begin_layout Standard
34608 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34609 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34610 \begin_inset space ~
34614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34616 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34621 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34624 \begin_layout Standard
34625 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34628 At the bottom of the
34632 menu the opened documents are listed.
34635 \begin_layout Subsection
34639 \begin_layout Standard
34640 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34642 \begin_inset space ~
34646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34648 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34655 \begin_layout Subsection
34659 \begin_layout Standard
34660 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34661 opening a new view window.
34664 \begin_layout Subsection
34666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34668 name "sub:Toolbars"
34676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34685 \begin_layout Standard
34686 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34687 All toolbars and the
34690 \begin_inset space ~
34695 can be turned on and off.
34700 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34712 \begin_inset space ~
34721 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34725 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34737 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34741 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34742 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34743 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34744 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34745 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34748 \begin_layout Standard
34749 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34750 \begin_inset space ~
34754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34756 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34763 \begin_layout Section
34768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34777 \begin_layout Subsection
34781 \begin_layout Standard
34782 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34783 \begin_inset space ~
34787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34789 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34796 \begin_layout Subsection
34798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34800 name "sub:Special-Character"
34807 \begin_layout Standard
34808 Here you can insert the following characters:
34811 \begin_layout Description
34812 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34816 \begin_layout Description
34818 \begin_inset space ~
34822 \begin_inset space ~
34825 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34826 \begin_inset space ~
34830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34832 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34839 \begin_layout Description
34841 \begin_inset space ~
34844 Quote Inserts this quote:
34845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34848 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34850 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34860 \begin_layout Description
34862 \begin_inset space ~
34865 Quote Inserts this quote:
34866 \begin_inset Quotes els
34872 \begin_layout Description
34874 \begin_inset space ~
34877 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34881 \begin_layout Description
34883 \begin_inset space ~
34890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34906 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34907 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34908 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34917 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34923 \begin_inset Newline newline
34926 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34938 and this Wiki-page:
34939 \begin_inset Newline newline
34943 \begin_inset Flex URL
34946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34948 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34956 \begin_layout Subsection
34960 \begin_layout Standard
34961 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34964 \begin_layout Description
34965 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34966 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34972 \begin_layout Description
34973 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34974 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34980 \begin_layout Description
34982 \begin_inset space ~
34985 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34986 \begin_inset space ~
34990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34992 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34999 \begin_layout Description
35001 \begin_inset space ~
35004 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35005 \begin_inset space ~
35009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35011 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35018 \begin_layout Description
35020 \begin_inset space ~
35023 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35024 \begin_inset space ~
35028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35030 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35037 \begin_layout Description
35039 \begin_inset space ~
35042 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35043 \begin_inset space ~
35047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35049 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35056 \begin_layout Description
35058 \begin_inset space ~
35061 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35068 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35075 \begin_layout Description
35077 \begin_inset space ~
35080 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35087 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35094 \begin_layout Description
35096 \begin_inset space ~
35099 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35100 \begin_inset space ~
35104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35106 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35113 \begin_layout Description
35115 \begin_inset space ~
35118 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35119 \begin_inset space ~
35123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35125 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35132 \begin_layout Description
35134 \begin_inset space ~
35137 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
35138 \begin_inset space ~
35142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35144 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35151 \begin_layout Description
35153 \begin_inset space ~
35156 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
35157 \begin_inset space ~
35161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35163 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35170 \begin_layout Description
35172 \begin_inset space ~
35175 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35176 \begin_inset space ~
35180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35182 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35189 \begin_layout Description
35191 \begin_inset space ~
35195 \begin_inset space ~
35198 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35199 \begin_inset space ~
35203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35205 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35212 \begin_layout Subsection
35216 \begin_layout Standard
35217 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35218 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35220 \begin_inset space ~
35224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35226 reference "sec:toc"
35231 The index list is described in section
35232 \begin_inset space ~
35236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35238 reference "sec:Index"
35242 , the nomenclature in section
35243 \begin_inset space ~
35247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35249 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35253 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35254 \begin_inset space ~
35258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35260 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35267 \begin_layout Subsection
35271 \begin_layout Standard
35272 To insert floats, described in section
35273 \begin_inset space ~
35277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35279 reference "sec:Floats"
35286 \begin_layout Subsection
35290 \begin_layout Standard
35291 To insert notes, described in section
35292 \begin_inset space ~
35296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35298 reference "sec:Notes"
35305 \begin_layout Subsection
35309 \begin_layout Standard
35310 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35311 \begin_inset space ~
35315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35317 reference "sec:Branches"
35324 \begin_layout Subsection
35329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35338 \begin_layout Standard
35339 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35340 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35351 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 \begin_layout Standard
35366 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35367 \begin_inset space ~
35371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35373 reference "sec:Minipages"
35378 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35389 \begin_layout Subsection
35393 \begin_layout Standard
35394 Inserts a citation as described in section
35395 \begin_inset space ~
35399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35401 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35408 \begin_layout Subsection
35412 \begin_layout Standard
35413 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35414 \begin_inset space ~
35418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35420 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35427 \begin_layout Subsection
35431 \begin_layout Standard
35432 Inserts a label as described in section
35433 \begin_inset space ~
35437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35439 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35446 \begin_layout Subsection
35451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 Longtables ! Caption
35470 \begin_layout Standard
35471 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35472 Floats are described in section
35473 \begin_inset space ~
35477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35479 reference "sec:Floats"
35483 , cations in longtables are described in section
35494 \begin_layout Subsection
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35499 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35500 \begin_inset space ~
35504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35506 reference "sec:Index"
35513 \begin_layout Subsection
35517 \begin_layout Standard
35518 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35519 \begin_inset space ~
35523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35525 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35532 \begin_layout Subsection
35536 \begin_layout Standard
35538 Tables are described in section
35539 \begin_inset space ~
35543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35545 reference "sec:Tables"
35552 \begin_layout Subsection
35556 \begin_layout Standard
35558 Graphics are described in section
35559 \begin_inset space ~
35563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35565 reference "sec:Graphics"
35572 \begin_layout Subsection
35576 \begin_layout Standard
35577 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35578 \begin_inset space ~
35582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35584 reference "sec:URL"
35591 \begin_layout Subsection
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35596 Inserts a footnote, see section
35597 \begin_inset space ~
35601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35603 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35610 \begin_layout Subsection
35614 \begin_layout Standard
35615 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35616 \begin_inset space ~
35620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35622 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35629 \begin_layout Subsection
35633 \begin_layout Standard
35634 Inserts a short title, see section
35635 \begin_inset space ~
35639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35641 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35648 \begin_layout Subsection
35652 \begin_layout Standard
35653 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35654 \begin_inset space ~
35658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35660 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35667 \begin_layout Subsection
35672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35682 Inserts a program listings box.
35683 Program listings are explained in chapter
35685 Program Code Listings
35694 \begin_layout Subsection
35698 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Inserts the actual date.
35700 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35702 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35712 There the different methods are also compared.
35715 \begin_layout Section
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35730 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35731 the current document.
35732 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35735 \begin_layout Standard
35736 The Navigate menu also offers to
35739 \begin_layout Subsection
35743 \begin_layout Standard
35744 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35745 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35748 \begin_inset space ~
35752 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35753 \begin_inset space ~
35756 2.5 and use the menu
35759 \begin_inset space ~
35763 \begin_inset space ~
35770 \begin_inset space ~
35776 \begin_inset space ~
35780 \begin_inset space ~
35786 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35798 \begin_layout Standard
35799 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35800 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35803 \begin_layout Subsection
35804 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35807 \begin_layout Standard
35808 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35812 \begin_layout Subsection
35816 \begin_layout Standard
35817 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35818 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35819 on a cross-reference box.
35822 \begin_layout Section
35827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35836 \begin_layout Subsection
35840 \begin_layout Standard
35841 Change Tracking is described in section
35842 \begin_inset space ~
35846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35848 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35855 \begin_layout Subsection
35860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35870 \begin_layout Standard
35871 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35873 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35876 \begin_layout Standard
35877 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35882 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35885 \begin_layout Subsection
35889 \begin_layout Standard
35890 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35891 \begin_inset space ~
35895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35897 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35904 \begin_layout Subsection
35905 Start Appendix Here
35908 \begin_layout Standard
35909 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35910 position as described in section
35911 \begin_inset space ~
35915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35917 reference "sec:Appendices"
35924 \begin_layout Subsection
35928 \begin_layout Standard
35929 Un/compresses the actual document.
35932 \begin_layout Subsection
35934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35936 name "sub:Settings"
35944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35945 Document ! Settings
35953 \begin_layout Standard
35954 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35956 You can save your document settings as default with the
35958 Save as Document Defaults
35960 button in the dialog.
35961 This will create a template named
35965 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35969 \begin_layout Standard
35970 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35973 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35977 \begin_layout Standard
35978 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35979 Document classes are described in section
35980 \begin_inset space ~
35984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35986 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35991 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35996 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35997 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36000 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36004 \begin_layout Standard
36005 The document font settings are described in section
36006 \begin_inset space ~
36010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36012 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36019 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36023 \begin_layout Standard
36024 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36026 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36030 \begin_layout Standard
36031 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36032 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36033 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36036 \begin_layout Standard
36037 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36045 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36049 \begin_layout Standard
36050 A description of this menu is given in section
36051 \begin_inset space ~
36055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36057 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36064 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36071 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36075 \begin_layout Standard
36076 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36077 \begin_inset space ~
36081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36083 reference "sub:Margins"
36090 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36096 Language ! Encoding
36104 \begin_layout Standard
36105 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36106 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36107 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36108 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36109 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36110 known for a particular character).
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36115 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36116 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36121 manual for details.
36129 \begin_layout Standard
36130 If you use the option
36132 use language's default encoding
36134 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36136 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36137 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36138 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36139 exactly one encoding.
36140 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36150 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36152 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36153 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36167 \begin_layout Standard
36168 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36169 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36170 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36171 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36172 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36173 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36176 use language's default encoding
36178 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36179 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36180 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36183 \begin_layout Standard
36184 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36187 \begin_layout Description
36189 \begin_inset space ~
36194 use language's default encoding
36196 , but the LaTeX-package
36204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36205 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36211 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36212 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36213 languages in TeX code.
36216 \begin_layout Description
36217 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36220 \begin_layout Description
36221 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36222 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36225 \begin_layout Description
36226 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36229 \begin_layout Description
36230 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36233 \begin_layout Description
36234 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36237 \begin_layout Description
36238 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36241 \begin_layout Description
36242 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36245 \begin_layout Description
36246 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36247 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36250 \begin_layout Description
36251 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36252 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36255 \begin_layout Description
36256 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36259 \begin_layout Description
36260 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36263 \begin_layout Description
36264 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36267 \begin_layout Description
36268 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36271 \begin_layout Description
36272 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36273 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36274 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36278 \begin_layout Description
36279 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36280 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36283 \begin_layout Description
36284 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36288 \begin_layout Description
36289 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36292 \begin_layout Description
36293 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36294 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36297 \begin_layout Description
36298 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36299 the euro currency sign, the
36303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36312 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36313 be the replacement for latin1
36316 \begin_layout Description
36317 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36320 \begin_layout Description
36321 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36330 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36336 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36340 \begin_layout Description
36341 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36350 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36355 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36358 \begin_layout Description
36359 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36368 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36373 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36376 \begin_layout Description
36377 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36381 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36390 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36391 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36405 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36409 \begin_layout Standard
36410 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36412 \begin_inset space ~
36416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36418 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36425 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36429 \begin_layout Standard
36430 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36439 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36453 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36459 For a further description see section
36460 \begin_inset space ~
36464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36466 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36473 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36477 \begin_layout Standard
36478 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36487 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36501 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36506 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36509 \begin_layout Standard
36514 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36515 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36518 \begin_layout Standard
36523 is used for special integral characters.
36526 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36530 \begin_layout Standard
36531 The float placement options are described in section
36532 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36538 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36545 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36549 \begin_layout Standard
36550 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36551 The itemize environment is described in section
36552 \begin_inset space ~
36556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36558 reference "sec:Itemize"
36565 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36569 \begin_layout Standard
36570 Branches are described in section
36571 \begin_inset space ~
36575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36577 reference "sec:Branches"
36584 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36599 \begin_layout Standard
36600 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36601 to define LaTeX-commands.
36602 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36603 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36607 \begin_layout Standard
36608 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36609 \begin_inset space ~
36613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36615 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36622 \begin_layout Section
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 \begin_layout Subsection
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36641 Spell checking is explained in section
36642 \begin_inset space ~
36646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36648 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36655 \begin_layout Subsection
36659 \begin_layout Standard
36660 The thesaurus is described in section
36661 \begin_inset space ~
36665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36667 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36674 \begin_layout Subsection
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36688 \begin_layout Standard
36689 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36693 \begin_layout Subsection
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36708 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36711 \begin_layout Subsection
36716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36717 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 Reconfiguration of LyX
36732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36749 Reconfiguration of LyX
36757 \begin_layout Standard
36758 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36759 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36778 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36785 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36792 \begin_layout Section
36797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36806 \begin_layout Standard
36807 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36811 \begin_layout Standard
36815 \begin_inset space ~
36820 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36821 classes found by LyX (see also section
36822 \begin_inset space ~
36826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36828 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36835 \begin_layout Section
36837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36839 name "sec:Toolbars"
36846 \begin_layout Standard
36847 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36848 \begin_inset space ~
36852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36854 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36863 This is described in the
36870 \begin_layout Subsection
36875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 \begin_layout Standard
36885 \begin_inset Graphics
36886 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36895 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36901 \begin_layout Standard
36902 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36919 \begin_inset Note Note
36922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36923 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36928 manual for more information.
36936 \begin_layout Standard
36937 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36943 \begin_layout Standard
36944 \begin_inset Tabular
36945 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36946 <features islongtable="true">
36947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36954 \begin_inset Graphics
36955 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36969 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36982 \begin_layout Standard
36983 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36989 \begin_layout Standard
36991 \begin_inset Tabular
36992 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36993 <features islongtable="true">
36994 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36995 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37003 \begin_inset Graphics
37004 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37005 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37032 \begin_inset Graphics
37033 filename ../images/file-open.png
37034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37061 \begin_inset Graphics
37062 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37063 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37078 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37090 \begin_inset Graphics
37091 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37107 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37114 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 \begin_inset Graphics
37120 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37121 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37143 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37148 \begin_inset Graphics
37149 filename ../images/undo.png
37150 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37165 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37172 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37177 \begin_inset Graphics
37178 filename ../images/redo.png
37179 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37194 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 \begin_inset Graphics
37207 filename ../images/cut.png
37208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37223 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37235 \begin_inset Graphics
37236 filename ../images/copy.png
37237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37252 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 \begin_inset Graphics
37265 filename ../images/paste.png
37266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37281 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 \begin_inset Graphics
37294 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37296 rotateOrigin center
37305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37311 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 \begin_inset Graphics
37332 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37348 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37350 \begin_inset space ~
37361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37366 \begin_inset Graphics
37367 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37368 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37383 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37385 \begin_inset space ~
37396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 \begin_inset Graphics
37402 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 Formats text using the current settings in the
37418 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37420 \begin_inset space ~
37431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 \begin_inset Graphics
37437 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37438 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37454 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37456 \begin_inset space ~
37465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 \begin_inset Graphics
37471 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37473 rotateOrigin center
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 \begin_inset Graphics
37501 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37503 rotateOrigin center
37512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37530 \begin_inset Graphics
37531 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37532 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37533 rotateOrigin center
37542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 Toggle outline window on/off,
37548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37560 \begin_inset Graphics
37561 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37563 rotateOrigin center
37572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37576 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 \begin_inset Graphics
37588 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37590 rotateOrigin center
37599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37616 \begin_layout Subsection
37621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37630 \begin_layout Standard
37631 \begin_inset Graphics
37632 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37640 \begin_layout Standard
37641 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37647 \begin_layout Standard
37648 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37652 \begin_layout Standard
37653 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37659 \begin_layout Standard
37660 \begin_inset Tabular
37661 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37662 <features islongtable="true">
37663 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37664 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37670 \begin_inset Graphics
37671 filename ../images/layout.png
37672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37673 rotateOrigin center
37682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 \begin_inset Graphics
37698 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37700 rotateOrigin center
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37724 \begin_inset Graphics
37725 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37726 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37727 rotateOrigin center
37736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37751 \begin_inset Graphics
37752 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37754 rotateOrigin center
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37778 \begin_inset Graphics
37779 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37780 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37781 rotateOrigin center
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 \begin_inset Graphics
37806 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37807 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37808 rotateOrigin center
37817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37825 \begin_inset space ~
37829 \begin_inset space ~
37838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 \begin_inset Graphics
37844 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37846 rotateOrigin center
37855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37861 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37863 \begin_inset space ~
37867 \begin_inset space ~
37876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37881 \begin_inset Graphics
37882 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37899 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37911 \begin_inset Graphics
37912 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37913 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37929 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37941 \begin_inset Graphics
37942 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37970 \begin_inset Graphics
37971 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37999 \begin_inset Graphics
38000 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38001 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38023 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 \begin_inset Graphics
38029 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38030 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38047 \begin_inset space ~
38056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38061 \begin_inset Graphics
38062 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38063 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38080 \begin_inset space ~
38089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38094 \begin_inset Graphics
38095 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38096 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38123 \begin_inset Graphics
38124 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38126 rotateOrigin center
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38143 \begin_inset space ~
38152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 \begin_inset Graphics
38158 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38175 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38177 \begin_inset space ~
38186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 \begin_inset Graphics
38192 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38193 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38220 \begin_inset Graphics
38221 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38222 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38244 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38249 \begin_inset Graphics
38250 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38266 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38311 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38313 \begin_inset space ~
38322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38327 \begin_inset Graphics
38328 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38330 rotateOrigin center
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38347 \begin_inset space ~
38356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 \begin_inset Graphics
38362 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38364 rotateOrigin center
38373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38379 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38381 \begin_inset space ~
38390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38395 \begin_inset Graphics
38396 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38397 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38398 rotateOrigin center
38407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38413 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38427 \begin_layout Subsection
38428 View / Update Toolbar
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 Toolbar ! View / Update
38441 \begin_layout Standard
38442 \begin_inset Graphics
38443 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38450 \begin_layout Standard
38451 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38457 \begin_layout Standard
38458 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38462 \begin_layout Standard
38463 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38469 \begin_layout Standard
38470 \begin_inset Tabular
38471 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38472 <features islongtable="true">
38473 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38474 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38480 \begin_inset Graphics
38481 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38483 rotateOrigin center
38492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38498 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38510 \begin_inset Graphics
38511 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38513 rotateOrigin center
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38528 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38529 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38536 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38541 \begin_inset Graphics
38542 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38544 rotateOrigin center
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38559 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38571 \begin_inset Graphics
38572 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38574 rotateOrigin center
38583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38589 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38590 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38596 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38597 functionality is merged with
38599 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38614 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 \begin_inset Graphics
38620 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38622 rotateOrigin center
38631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38637 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38649 \begin_inset Graphics
38650 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38651 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38652 rotateOrigin center
38661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38667 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38668 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38682 \begin_layout Subsection
38686 \begin_layout Standard
38687 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38688 \begin_inset space ~
38692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38694 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38698 , the table toolbar
38702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38708 is explained in the
38715 \begin_layout Chapter
38721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38723 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38740 \begin_layout Standard
38741 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38743 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38746 \begin_layout Section
38750 \begin_layout Subsection
38752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38763 Customization ! of toolbars
38772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38773 Customization ! of menus
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38790 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38799 User Interface File
38803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38804 Customization ! of toolbars
38813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38814 Customization ! of menus
38822 \begin_layout Standard
38823 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38824 interface (ui) file.
38825 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38826 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38835 Both files are loaded by the
38840 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38841 files and edit the entries.
38844 \begin_layout Standard
38845 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38857 entries must be ended with an explicit
38882 and in the case of the
38883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38895 The syntax for the entries is:
38898 \begin_layout Standard
38899 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38927 \begin_layout Standard
38929 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38932 All LyX-functions are listed in
38933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38942 \begin_layout Standard
38943 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38950 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38952 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38955 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38959 \begin_layout Standard
38960 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38965 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38968 \begin_layout Standard
38970 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38973 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38976 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38990 \begin_layout Standard
38991 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38992 Several binding files are available:
38995 \begin_layout Description
38996 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38999 \begin_layout Description
39000 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39011 \begin_layout Description
39012 mac.bind set of bindings for
39015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39023 \begin_layout Standard
39024 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39028 , and bind files for special languages.
39029 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39039 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39043 \begin_layout Standard
39044 Some bind-files, like
39048 , have only a small scope.
39049 When looking at the the end of the file
39053 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39056 \begin_layout Standard
39057 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39058 s with a text editor.
39059 The syntax of the entries is:
39062 \begin_layout Standard
39068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39086 \begin_layout Standard
39087 All LyX-functions are listed in
39088 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39097 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39101 \begin_layout Standard
39105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39112 restore window size, or use fixed size
39114 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39129 restore window position
39131 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39134 \begin_layout Standard
39137 Restore cursor positions
39139 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39143 \begin_layout Standard
39146 Load opened files from last session
39148 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39151 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39155 name "sub:Backup documents"
39163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 \begin_layout Standard
39177 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39185 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39188 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39190 \begin_inset space ~
39198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39202 \begin_layout Standard
39205 Cursor follows scrollbar
39207 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39215 \begin_layout Standard
39218 Enable Pixmap Cache
39220 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39221 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39222 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39223 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39225 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39232 \begin_layout Subsection
39237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39246 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39253 \begin_layout Standard
39254 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39257 \begin_layout Standard
39258 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39266 This section only deals with the fonts
39271 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39275 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39286 \begin_layout Standard
39287 By default, LyX uses
39291 as roman (serif) font,
39299 (depends on the system) as
39302 \begin_inset space ~
39318 \begin_layout Standard
39319 You can change the font size with the
39326 \begin_layout Standard
39331 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39332 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39337 points have the size of 1
39338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39342 \begin_inset space ~
39346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39348 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39355 \begin_layout Standard
39360 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39361 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39365 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39366 \begin_inset space ~
39370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39372 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39379 \begin_layout Subsection
39384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39403 \begin_layout Standard
39404 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39405 Choose an item in the list and use the
39412 \begin_layout Subsection
39417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39418 Settings ! Graphics
39426 \begin_layout Standard
39427 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39430 \begin_layout Standard
39435 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39436 This feature is described in section
39437 \begin_inset space ~
39441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39443 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39450 \begin_layout Subsection
39455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39466 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39474 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39481 \begin_layout Standard
39482 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39483 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39489 \begin_inset space ~
39492 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39493 can use the keyboard map file named
39500 \begin_layout Standard
39501 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39509 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39517 \begin_layout Section
39522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39533 Settings ! Directory
39541 \begin_layout Description
39543 \begin_inset space ~
39546 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39547 It is the default when you
39558 \begin_inset space ~
39566 \begin_layout Description
39568 \begin_inset space ~
39571 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39573 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39575 \begin_inset space ~
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_layout Description
39589 \begin_inset space ~
39596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39602 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39603 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39610 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39618 will be used to save the backups.
39619 \begin_inset Newline newline
39622 The backup files have the ending
39623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39633 \begin_layout Description
39638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39645 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39646 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39647 \begin_inset Newline newline
39651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39659 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39667 \begin_layout Description
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39672 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39675 \begin_layout Description
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39680 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39681 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39682 to find it on the system.
39683 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39684 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39693 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39694 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39698 \begin_layout Section
39702 \begin_layout Standard
39703 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39704 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39712 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39716 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39719 \begin_layout Section
39724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39725 Language ! Settings
39734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39735 Settings ! Language
39743 \begin_layout Subsection
39747 \begin_layout Description
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39752 language is the language used in new documents
39755 \begin_layout Description
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39760 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39762 The default is the LaTeX-command
39768 that loads the package
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39784 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
39794 \begin_inset Newline newline
39801 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39802 the document language.
39803 A text label is for instance the word
39804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39811 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39814 \begin_layout Description
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39819 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39820 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39821 An example is the start command
39827 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39832 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39847 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39852 \begin_layout Description
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39862 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39863 command toggles the package on and off.
39866 \begin_layout Description
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_layout Description
39879 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39880 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39881 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39882 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39889 \begin_layout Description
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39894 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39896 When this option is not set, the
39899 \begin_inset space ~
39904 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39905 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39908 \begin_inset space ~
39916 \begin_layout Description
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39924 \begin_inset space ~
39930 When it is not set, the
39933 \begin_inset space ~
39938 is set to the end of the document.
39941 \begin_layout Description
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39950 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39951 language will be underlined blue.
39954 \begin_layout Description
39956 \begin_inset space ~
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39971 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39975 \begin_layout Subsection
39979 \begin_layout Standard
39980 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39987 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39994 \begin_layout Section
39998 \begin_layout Subsection
40000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40029 \begin_layout Description
40031 \begin_inset space ~
40034 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40035 The name will be used when the
40040 \begin_inset Newline newline
40044 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40052 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40061 \begin_layout Description
40063 \begin_inset space ~
40067 \begin_inset space ~
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40074 printer This option works only for the
40079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40091 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40092 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40095 \begin_layout Description
40097 \begin_inset space ~
40100 command is the command LyX
40101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40108 LaTeX uses for printing.
40109 The default is on most systems
40116 \begin_layout Description
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40125 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40126 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40127 of the program that provides the
40134 \begin_layout Subsection
40139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40150 Settings ! Date format
40158 \begin_layout Standard
40159 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40160 \begin_inset Newline newline
40164 \begin_inset Flex URL
40167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40169 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40175 \begin_inset Newline newline
40178 For example the format
40179 \begin_inset Newline newline
40183 \begin_inset Newline newline
40186 prints the date as day/month/year.
40189 \begin_layout Subsection
40193 \begin_layout Description
40195 \begin_inset space ~
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40202 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40205 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40206 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40214 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40218 \begin_layout Description
40220 \begin_inset space ~
40223 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40228 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40229 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40232 \begin_layout Subsection
40237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40247 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40256 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40264 \begin_layout Description
40269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40280 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40285 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40307 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40320 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40321 LyX sets up in the background.
40322 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40325 \begin_layout Description
40327 \begin_inset space ~
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40334 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40339 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40342 \begin_layout Description
40344 \begin_inset space ~
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40352 \begin_inset space ~
40356 \begin_inset space ~
40360 \begin_inset space ~
40364 \begin_inset space ~
40367 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40372 dialog when changing the document class.
40375 \begin_layout Standard
40378 External Applications
40380 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40381 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40382 manuals of the applications.
40383 Currently the following commands can be set:
40386 \begin_layout Description
40391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40399 \begin_inset space ~
40402 command Command for the program
40406 that is described in section
40417 \begin_layout Description
40422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40433 command Command for the program
40437 that generates the bibliography, see section
40438 \begin_inset space ~
40442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40444 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40451 \begin_layout Description
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40456 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40457 \begin_inset space ~
40461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40463 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40470 \begin_layout Description
40472 \begin_inset space ~
40476 \begin_inset space ~
40480 \begin_inset space ~
40484 \begin_inset space ~
40487 options They only have an effect when the program
40491 is used as DVI-viewer.
40494 \begin_layout Subsection
40499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40518 \begin_layout Standard
40523 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40526 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40528 uses the Windows path style:
40531 \begin_layout Standard
40539 \begin_layout Standard
40540 instead of the Unix path style:
40543 \begin_layout Standard
40547 \begin_layout Section
40552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40561 \begin_layout Standard
40562 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40563 from one format to another.
40564 You can modify them or create new ones.
40565 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40572 \begin_inset space ~
40582 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40586 \begin_inset space ~
40591 drop-down list, modify the
40595 field, and press the
40602 \begin_layout Standard
40605 Converter File Cache
40607 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40610 Maximum Age (in days
40613 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40614 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40617 \begin_layout Standard
40618 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40619 the converter definition, is described in section
40630 \begin_layout Section
40635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40644 name "sec:File-Formats"
40651 \begin_layout Standard
40652 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40653 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40655 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40663 \begin_inset space ~
40675 \begin_layout Standard
40676 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40677 is described in section
40688 \begin_layout Section
40693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40703 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40704 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40705 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40706 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40707 This is done by a Copier.
40710 \begin_layout Standard
40711 More about converters is described in section
40722 \begin_layout Chapter
40723 Units available in LyX
40727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40736 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40744 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40747 reference "cap:Units"
40751 explains all units available in LyX.
40754 \begin_layout Standard
40755 \begin_inset Float table
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 \begin_inset Caption
40764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40780 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40788 \begin_inset Tabular
40789 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40791 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40792 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40943 scaled point (65536
40944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41004 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41059 % of original image width
41066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41273 \begin_layout Chapter
41275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41284 \begin_layout Standard
41285 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41286 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41289 \begin_layout Itemize
41292 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41295 \begin_layout Itemize
41301 \begin_layout Itemize
41307 \begin_layout Itemize
41313 \begin_layout Itemize
41319 \begin_layout Itemize
41325 \begin_layout Itemize
41331 \begin_layout Itemize
41337 \begin_layout Itemize
41340 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41343 \begin_layout Itemize
41349 \begin_layout Itemize
41355 \begin_layout Itemize
41361 \begin_layout Itemize
41367 \begin_layout Itemize
41373 \begin_layout Itemize
41379 \begin_layout Itemize
41385 \begin_layout Itemize
41391 \begin_layout Itemize
41393 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41402 \begin_layout Standard
41403 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41406 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41413 \begin_layout Bibliography
41414 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41415 LatexCommand bibitem
41422 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41425 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41430 \begin_inset Newline newline
41434 \begin_inset Flex URL
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41447 \begin_layout Bibliography
41448 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41449 LatexCommand bibitem
41450 key "latexcompanion"
41454 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41456 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41459 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41462 \begin_layout Bibliography
41463 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41464 LatexCommand bibitem
41469 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41472 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41475 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41478 \begin_layout Bibliography
41479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41480 LatexCommand bibitem
41487 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41490 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41493 \begin_layout Bibliography
41494 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41495 LatexCommand bibitem
41507 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41510 \begin_layout Bibliography
41511 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41512 LatexCommand bibitem
41518 \begin_inset Newline newline
41522 \begin_inset Flex URL
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41527 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41535 \begin_layout Bibliography
41536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41537 LatexCommand bibitem
41543 \begin_inset Newline newline
41547 \begin_inset Flex URL
41550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41552 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41560 \begin_layout Bibliography
41561 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41562 LatexCommand bibitem
41568 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41570 name "Documentation"
41571 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41580 \begin_inset Newline newline
41584 \begin_inset Flex URL
41587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41589 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41597 \begin_layout Bibliography
41598 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41599 LatexCommand bibitem
41605 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41607 name "Documentation"
41608 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41617 \begin_inset Newline newline
41621 \begin_inset Flex URL
41624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41626 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41634 \begin_layout Bibliography
41635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41636 LatexCommand bibitem
41642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41644 name "Documentation"
41645 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41649 of the LaTeX-package
41657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41658 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41664 \begin_inset Newline newline
41668 \begin_inset Flex URL
41671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41681 \begin_layout Bibliography
41682 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41683 LatexCommand bibitem
41689 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41691 name "Documentation"
41692 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41696 of the LaTeX-package
41704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41705 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41711 \begin_inset Newline newline
41715 \begin_inset Flex URL
41718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41720 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41728 \begin_layout Bibliography
41729 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41730 LatexCommand bibitem
41736 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41738 name "Documentation"
41739 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41743 of the LaTeX-package
41751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41752 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41758 \begin_inset Newline newline
41762 \begin_inset Flex URL
41765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41767 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41775 \begin_layout Bibliography
41776 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41777 LatexCommand bibitem
41783 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41785 name "Documentation"
41786 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41790 of the LaTeX-package
41798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41799 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41805 \begin_inset Newline newline
41809 \begin_inset Flex URL
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41814 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41822 \begin_layout Bibliography
41823 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41824 LatexCommand bibitem
41830 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41832 name "Documentation"
41833 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41837 of the LaTeX-package
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41852 \begin_inset Newline newline
41856 \begin_inset Flex URL
41859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41861 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41869 \begin_layout Bibliography
41870 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41871 LatexCommand bibitem
41877 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41880 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41884 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41885 \begin_inset Newline newline
41889 \begin_inset Flex URL
41892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41894 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41902 \begin_layout Bibliography
41903 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41904 LatexCommand bibitem
41910 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41913 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41917 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41918 \begin_inset Newline newline
41922 \begin_inset Flex URL
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41927 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41935 \begin_layout Bibliography
41936 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41937 LatexCommand bibitem
41943 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41946 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41950 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41951 \begin_inset Newline newline
41955 \begin_inset Flex URL
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41960 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41968 \begin_layout Bibliography
41969 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41970 LatexCommand bibitem
41976 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41979 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41983 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41984 \begin_inset Newline newline
41988 \begin_inset Flex URL
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41993 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42001 \begin_layout Bibliography
42002 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42003 LatexCommand bibitem
42009 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42012 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42016 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42017 \begin_inset Newline newline
42021 \begin_inset Flex URL
42024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42034 \begin_layout Bibliography
42035 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42036 LatexCommand bibitem
42042 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42045 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42049 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42050 \begin_inset Newline newline
42054 \begin_inset Flex URL
42057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42059 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42067 \begin_layout Bibliography
42068 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42069 LatexCommand bibitem
42075 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42078 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42082 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42083 \begin_inset Newline newline
42087 \begin_inset Flex URL
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42092 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42100 \begin_layout Bibliography
42101 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42102 LatexCommand bibitem
42108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42111 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42115 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42116 \begin_inset Newline newline
42120 \begin_inset Flex URL
42123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42125 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42133 \begin_layout Bibliography
42134 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42135 LatexCommand bibitem
42141 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42144 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42148 about new features in
42153 \begin_inset Newline newline
42157 \begin_inset Flex URL
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42162 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42170 \begin_layout Standard
42171 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 \begin_inset Note Note
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42216 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42217 bibliography is the second one:
42225 \begin_layout Standard
42226 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42227 LatexCommand bibtex
42228 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42229 options "biblio/alphadin"
42236 \begin_layout Standard
42237 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42240 \begin_layout Standard
42243 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42244 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42249 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42250 LatexCommand printindex